C7-C9 Electrical Electronic Guide

C7 & C9 Truck Engines
EPA 2004
Electrical and Electronic
Application and Installation Guide
Serial Number Prefixes
FMM
FML
KAL
YPG
9DG
CKP
LEBT2835-02 November 2008
INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Engine Component Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Engine Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Power and Grounding Requirements and Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Connectors and Wiring Harness Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Vehicle Speed Input Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
ECM Speedometer and Tachometer Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Lamp Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
OEM Installed Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Inlet Air Heater, Lamp and Relay Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Hard-wired Switch Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Idle Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
J1939 Based Switch Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Dedicated PTO Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Programmable Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Transmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Governor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Idle Shutdown Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Data Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Customer Specified Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Diagnostics, Service Tools and Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION GUIDE
Caterpillar Pub # LEBT2835-02________C7 & C9 ACERT Truck Engines________EPA 2004_____ 3
INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE
This document is intended to provide necessary information for correct electrical & electronic application and
installation of a C7 or C9 truck engine into an on-highway truck, bus, motor coach or vocational chassis.
Caterpillar expects there will be some additions and modifications to this document as the engine program
development continues, and as OEM requests for information not currently addressed are added. The information
contained in this version of the document reflects the Caterpillar design for production C7 and C9 engines built
with March 2004 software.
General Electronic Engine Operation
1.0 Engine Functions
1.1 Electronic Governing
Two engine speed range electronic governors are available for use. These electronic governors are selectable
through a programmable parameter.
1.2 Fuel/Air Ratio Control
The control system has full authority over engine fuel delivery. The mechanical fuel/air ratio control is eliminated.
Electronic control of the fuel/air ratio provides optimum performance with reduced emissions.
1.3 Injection Timing Control
Injection timing is varied as a function of engine operating conditions to optimize engine performance for emissions,
noise, fuel consumption, and drivability.
1.4 Torque Rise Shaping
Electronic controls provide increased flexibility to tailor the torque curve over a wide speed range.
1.5 Cold Mode Operation
When the engine is started with cold coolant, the engine will operate in Cold Mode. The engine will operate with
reduced performance until the coolant temperature has warmed. The Caterpillar electronic service tool software will
indicate when the engine is operating in Cold Mode. The C7 engine will operate in Cold Mode below 64 Deg C and
the C9 engine will operate in Cold Mode below 40 Deg C.
4 Caterpillar Pub # LEBT2835-02________C7 & C9 ACERT Truck Engines________EPA 2004_____
The information herein is the property of Caterpillar Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Without
written permission, any copying, transmittal to others, and any use except that for
which it is loaned is prohibited.
2.0 Engine Component Overview
2.1 Engine Control Module (ECM)
The ECM is located on the left rear side of the engine. The ECM has two connectors, one for the Caterpillar Engine
Harness, the other for the Vehicle OEM Harness.
2.2 Boost Pressure Sensor
The Boost Pressure Sensor is an absolute pressure sensor measuring inlet manifold pressure. Boost pressure
displayed by service tools and communicated over the data link is referenced to the Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
reading. The Boost Pressure Sensor measures gauge pressure from 0 psi (0 kPa) to 49 psi (340 kPa). The ECM
supplies the sensor with a regulated 5 Volts DC.
2.3 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
The Atmospheric Pressure Sensor is an absolute pressure sensor. The Atmospheric Pressure Sensor measures
pressure to 16.8 psiA (116 kPaA). The ECM supplies the sensor with a regulated 5 Volts DC.
2.4 Oil Pressure Sensor
An optional Oil Pressure Sensor is available for use in applications where an actual oil pressure indication is
desired. Typical applications include vehicles with a vehicle data link capable Instrument Cluster that can display
engine information. C7 or C9 engines do not require Engine Lube Oil Pressure monitoring because the HEUI
(Hydraulically actuated Electronically controlled Unit Injector) fuel system requires oil pressure for the engine
to operate. Without sufficient oil pressure, the fuel system cannot supply fuel to the engine.
The Oil Pressure Sensor measures gauge pressure from 0 psi (0 kPa) to 165 psi (1135 kPa). Oil Pressure as
displayed by service tools and communicated over the data link is referenced to the Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
reading. The ECM supplies this sensor with the necessary voltage.
2.5 Coolant Temperature Sensor
The thermistor based Coolant Temperature Sensor is used to monitor engine coolant temperature. Output from
this sensor is used for several engine functions including Inlet Air Heater Operation, Cold Mode Operation,
Cold Elevated Idle and the Engine Monitoring System.
2.6 Inlet Manifold Air Temperature Sensor
The Inlet Manifold Air Temperature Sensor is used to measure the inlet air temperature and is thermistor based like
the Coolant Temperature Sensor. This sensor output is used in controlling the Inlet Air Heater, Cold Elevated Idle,
Cooling Fan Output, and for Engine Monitoring.
2.7 Engine Speed/Timing Sensors
The engine speed/timing sensors are used to determine both engine speed and fuel injection timing. The sensors
detect this information from a wheel on the camshaft.
2.8 Coolant Level Sensor
The coolant level sensor is an option device used to monitor the engines coolant level. This sensor is usually
mounted in the cooling systems surge tank. There are three types of sensors that may be used.
2.9 Injection Actuation Pressure (IAP) Sensor
The Injection Actuation Pressure Sensor measures the pressure in the high-pressure oil manifold. This oil is used
to feed the hydraulically actuated electronically controlled unit injectors. The ECM supplies the sensor with the
necessary voltage.
2.10 Injection Actuation Pressure Control Valve (IAPCV)
This valve controls the output injection actuation pressure of the high-pressure oil pump. The ECM uses the output
of the Injection Actuation Pressure Sensor to determine the required output to this valve.
2.11 Inlet Air Heater and Relay
The Inlet Air Heater is an engine mounted, Caterpillar supplied and installed heater grid used for warming the inlet
air to aid in starting during cold ambient temperatures. Operation is based on elevation (above sea level) and the
sum of the Coolant and Inlet Manifold Air temperatures. The ECM controls the normally open relay to provide
battery power to the grid.
2.12 Fuel Pressure Sensor
A Fuel Pressure sensor is included in the engine pressure sensor package. This sensor monitors the fuel supply
pressure to the engine.
2.13 Oil Level Switch (GMT560 Trucks Only)
An Oil Level Switch is available only on General Motors engines. This switch is mounted in the oil pan and wired
to the Engine Connector (J2) of the ECM. This switch monitors the oil level in the oil pan and is checked at initial
engine power up. Proper Oil level in the engine will keep a normally open switch closed. Oil level that is too low
will allow the switch to open. If the ECM senses an open switch upon three sequential engine starts, low oil level
is indicated.
Figure 1
33
3
P2 J2
Sensor Common
Oil Level
ECM
Oil Level Switch
(Shown With Oil Level Normal)
B428-OR
G829-GN
Figure 2
Boost Pressure Sensor
Top Camshaft Position Sensor
Bottom Camshaft Position Sensor
12V
+
BATTERIES
6 HEUI Injectors
Injection Actuation Pressure Control Valve
Injection Actuation Pressure Sensor
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
Coolant Level Sensor
Coolant Temperature Sensor
Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor
109-3000
12 V
AIR FLOW
Intake Air Heater
Intake Air Heater Relay
Intake Air Heater Lamp
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Cooling Fan
SAE J1939/13 OFF-BOARD
DIAGNOTSIC CONNECTOR
Ignition Key Switch
2 +Battery & 9 Ground Switch Inputs
3, 1.5A Outputs
3, 1.0A Outputs
2, 0.3A Lamp Outputs
Clutch and Service Brake Switches
Check Engine & Warning Lamps
MPH
15
5
0
25
45
35 55
65
75
85 RPMX 100
5
10
15
20
25
30
Speedometer & Tachometer
Throttle Position Sensor
PTOThrottle Position Sensor
O
E
M
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
e
d
C
a
t
e
r
p
i
l
l
a
r
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
e
d
Cruise Control On/Off
& Set/Resume Switches
ADEM 2000
Engine
Control
Module
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor (Optional)
Oil Level Switch(GMT560 Trucks Only)
Turbo Wastegate
Control Valve
(Not All Ratings)
Fuel Pressure Sensor
Engine
Oil
Pressure
Sensor
(Optional)
Coolant
Temperature
Sensor
Engine
Speed/Timing
Sensors
Injection Actuation
Control Valve
Injection Pressure
Sensor
Boost Pressure
Sensor
Inlet Air
Temperature
Sensor
Inlet Air
Heater
Relay
OEM
Connector
J1/P1
ECM
Engine
Connector
J2/P2
ECM
Inlet Air
Heater Relay
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor
Inlet Air
Temperature
Sensor
Boost Pressure
Sensor
Injection Actuation
Pressure
Control Valve
Coolant
Temperature
Sensor
Injection
Actuation
Pressure
Sensor
Speed/Timing
Sensors
Oil
Pressure
Sensor
(Optional)
OEM Harness
Connector
J1/P1
Engine
Harness
Connector
J2/P2
Figure 3 - C7 Sensor Locations
Figure 4 - C9 Sensor Locations
Figure 5 - C7 Engine Wiring Diagram
12
I
N
J
E
C
T
I
O
N
A
C
T
U
A
T
I
O
N
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

V
A
L
V
E
J
5
0
0

P
5
0
0
E
9
6
3
-
B
K
E
9
6
4
-
W
H
E
9
6
5
-
B
U
E
9
6
6
-
Y
L
4
9
4
8
1
3
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
8
2
9
3
0
5
9
5
8
3
1
4
3
5
1
2
2
2
3
5
6
5
7
6
5
6
0
6
9

8
AB
T
O
P

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

S
E
N
S
O
R
T
O
P

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

-
T
O
P

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

+
J
4
0
1

P
4
0
1
J
4
0
2

P
4
0
2
B A
B
O
T
T
O
M

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

-
B
O
T
T
O
M

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

+
B
O
T
T
O
M

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

S
E
N
S
O
R
9
9
5
-
B
U
C
9
6
7
-
B
U

G
8
3
3
-
P
K
CBA
G
8
4
9
-
B
R
G
8
2
9
-
G
N
G
8
2
8
-
W
H
A
7
4
6
-
P
K
G
8
4
9
-
B
R
A
7
4
7
-
G
Y
G
8
2
9
-
G
N
G
8
2
8
-
W
H
P
2
0
4

J
2
0
4
E
N
G
I
N
E
A
T
M
O
S
P
H
E
R
I
C

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

+
5
V
E
N
G
I
N
E
A
T
M
O
S
P
H
E
R
I
C
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
N
O
T
E
A
E
N
G
I
N
E

I
N
J
E
C
T
I
O
N

A
C
T
U
A
T
I
O
N
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

I
N
J
E
C
T
I
O
N
A
C
T
U
A
T
I
O
N

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

+
5
V
P
2
0
3

A
7
4
7
-
G
Y
G
8
2
9
-
G
N
G
8
2
8
-
W
H
A B C
P
2
0
0
A
7
4
6
-
P
K
G
8
2
9
-
G
N
G
8
2
8
-
W
H
S
E
N
S
O
R
E
N
G
I
N
E

B
O
O
S
T
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

B
O
O
S
T

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

+
5
V
G
N
Y
L
0
R
I
N
T
A
K
E
A
I
R

H
E
A
T
E
R

R
E
L
A
Y
E
N
G
I
N
E

C
O
O
L
A
N
T

T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

I
N
T
A
K
E

M
A
N
I
F
O
L
D
A
I
R

T
E
M
P
.
E
N
G
I
N
E

T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E
A
T
M
O
S
P
H
E
R
I
C

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

+
5
V
I
A
P

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

V
A
L
V
E
I
A
P

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

V
A
L
V
E

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E

B
O
O
S
T

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

I
N
J
E
C
T
I
O
N
A
C
T
U
A
T
I
O
N

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
P
1

J
1
E
C
M

G
R
O
U
N
D

S
T
R
A
P
G
8
5
4
-
P
K
G
8
5
5
-
P
U
T
O

E
C
M
M
O
U
N
T
I
N
G
B
O
L
T
E
N
G
I
N
E

H
A
R
N
E
S
S

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
V
E
H
I
C
L
E

H
A
R
N
E
S
S

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
C
9
8
7
-
R
D
G
8
5
0
-
B
U
P
6
4
8
T
O

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

J
6
4
8
(
O
E
M

H
A
R
N
E
S
S
)
A B
K
9
9
5
-
O
R
G
8
5
0
-
B
U
C
9
8
7
-
R
D
12
E
N
G
I
N
E

T
I
M
I
N
G

C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

P
R
O
B
E
+
E
N
G
I
N
E

T
I
M
I
N
G

C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

P
R
O
B
E
-
T
O

I
N
T
A
K
E
A
I
R

H
E
A
T
E
R
C
I
R
C
U
I
T

P
R
O
T
E
C
T
I
O
N
(
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y

+
)
T
O

E
N
G
I
N
E

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

H
E
A
D
I
N
T
A
K
E
A
I
R
H
E
A
T
E
R
G
8
5
0
-
B
U
P
2

J
2
J
5
0
1

P
5
0
1
N
/
O
R
E
L
A
Y
3
2
3
5
73
4
2
6
1
8
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
5
1
6
1
7
2
4
2
7
4
1
4
2
5
0
5
2
5
3
6
6

9
4
0
2
5

6
3
3
1
4

3

2
BAI
N
J
E
C
T
O
R
C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
N
O
.
5

16
3
6
4

4

5
6
1
6
2
7
0
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R
C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
N
O
.
6
BA J
3
0
6

P
3
0
6
J
3
0
5

P
3
0
5
J
3
0
4

P
3
0
4
J
3
0
3

P
3
0
3
J
3
0
2

P
3
0
2
L
9
8
4
-
O
R
BAI
N
J
E
C
T
O
R
C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
N
O
.
4
J
3
0
1

P
3
0
1
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R
C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
N
O
.
1
A
7
0
4
-
G
N
BA
A
7
0
5
-
B
U
A
7
0
3
-
B
R
A
7
0
2
-
P
U
A
7
0
1
-
G
Y
L
9
8
5
-
Y
L
L
9
8
4
-
O
R
A
7
0
6
-
G
Y
L
9
8
5
-
Y
L
L
9
8
3
-
W
H
L
9
8
3
-
W
H
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R
C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
N
O
.
3
BA
BAI
N
J
E
C
T
O
R
C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
N
O
.
2
P
3
0
0

J
3
0
0
L
9
8
3
-
W
H
L
9
8
4
-
O
R
L
9
8
5
-
Y
L
A
7
0
6
-
G
Y
A
7
0
5
-
B
U
A
7
0
4
-
G
N
A
7
0
3
-
B
R
A
7
0
2
-
P
U
A
7
0
1
-
G
Y
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
S

1

&

2
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
S

3

&

4
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R
S

5

&

6
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

6
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

5
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

4
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

3
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

2
I
N
J
E
C
T
O
R

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

1
4
4
4
5
4
6
5
5
5
4
3
9
3
8
3
7
3
6
4
7
6
7
6
8
1
2
1
1
1
0987 654321
S
E
N
S
O
R
12
E
N
G
I
N
E

C
O
O
L
A
N
T
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
9
9
5
-
B
U
G
8
3
3
-
P
K
J
1
0
0

P
1
0
0
E
N
G
I
N
E

C
O
O
L
A
N
T

T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E

I
N
T
A
K
E

M
A
N
I
F
O
L
D
A
I
R

T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
J
1
0
3

P
1
0
3
C
9
6
7
-
B
U
G
8
3
3
-
P
K
E
N
G
I
N
E

I
N
T
A
K
E
M
A
N
I
F
O
L
D
A
I
R
T
E
M
P
E
R
A
T
U
R
E
12
S
E
N
S
O
R
S
E
N
S
O
R
S
E
N
S
O
R
N
O
T
E
A
:

I
N
D
I
C
A
T
E
S
A
N

O
P
T
I
O
N
A
L

C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T

N
O
T

I
N
S
T
A
L
L
E
D

O
N
A
L
L

E
N
G
I
N
E
S
E
N
G
I
N
E

O
I
L

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

O
I
L

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E

O
I
L

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

+
5
V
P
2
0
1
9
9
4
-
G
Y
G
8
2
7
-
B
U
G
8
2
6
-
B
R
9
9
4
-
G
Y
G
8
2
7
-
B
U
G
8
2
6
-
B
R
E
N
G
I
N
E

O
I
L
P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
N
O
T
E
A
S
E
N
S
O
R
E
N
G
I
N
E

O
I
L

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
E
N
G
I
N
E

O
I
L

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
E
N
G
I
N
E

O
I
L

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
E
N
S
O
R

+
5
V
T
O
P

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

-
T
O
P

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

+
B
O
T
T
O
M

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

-
B
O
T
T
O
M

C
A
M
S
H
A
F
T

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

+
A B C A B C
E
N
G
I
N
E

O
I
L
L
E
V
E
L

S
W
I
T
C
H
(
G
M
T
5
6
0

O
n
ly
)
G
4
5
8
-
G
Y
O
I
L

L
E
V
E
L

S
W
I
T
C
H
12
M

7
9
5
-
W
H
C
2
1
1
-
B
K
T
U
R
B
O

W
A
S
T
E
G
A
T
E

S
O
L

N
E
G
A
T
I
V
E
T
U
R
B
O

W
A
S
T
E
G
A
T
E

S
O
L

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E
T
U
R
B
O

W
A
S
T
E
G
A
T
E

S
O
L
E
N
O
I
D
*
*
*

N
o
t

O
n
A
ll
R
a
t
in
g
s

*
*
*
O
I
L

L
e
v
e
l
-
O
I
L

L
e
v
e
l
-
AB
CBA
C
9
9
1
-
P
K
G
8
2
7
-
B
U
G
8
2
6
-
B
R
P
2
0
5

J
2
0
5
E
N
G
I
N
E

F
U
E
L

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
S
E
N
S
O
R

+
5
V
G
N
Y
L
0
R
C
9
9
1
-
P
K
F
U
E
L

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
F
U
E
L

T
R
A
N
S
F
E
R
P
U
M
P

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E
AB
J
5
0
0

P
5
0
0
Figure 6 - C9 Engine Wiring Diagram
N
O
T
E
A
T
O
A
L
L
I
S
O
N
A
T
/
M
T
/
H
T

T
R
A
N
S
M
I
S
S
I
O
N

S
H
I
F
T

M
O
D
U
L
A
T
O
R

(
A
U
T
O
M
A
T
I
C

T
R
A
N
S
M
I
S
S
I
O
N
S
)
C
O
O
L
I
N
G

F
A
N

S
O
L
E
N
O
I
D
N
O
T
E
A
IN
T
A
K
E
A
IR
H
E
A
T
E
R
L
A
M
P
T
O
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
6
4
8
(
E
N
G
IN
E
H
A
R
N
E
S
S
)
J
6
4
8
1
0
0
A

W
I
T
H

1
3
0
A

P
E
A
K
A
T

1
1
V
C
9
8
7
-
R
D
T
O

I
N
T
A
K
E
A
I
R
H
E
A
T
E
R

R
E
L
A
Y

(
C
O
N
T
A
C
T

S
I
D
E
)
A
C
C
E
L
E
R
A
T
O
R

P
E
D
A
L
P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

S
E
N
S
O
R
B
K
R
D
W
H
J
4
0
3

P
4
0
3
A
C
C
E
L
E
R
A
T
O
R

P
E
D
A
L

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
S
W
I
T
C
H

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N
+
8

V
A
C
C
E
L
E
R
A
T
O
R

P
E
D
A
L

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
BAC
L
9
0
1
-
G
Y
C
9
7
7
-
B
U
G
8
7
9
-
O
R
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
A
/
C

H
I
G
H

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

S
W
I
T
C
H
E
9
7
1
-
G
N
I
N
P
U
T

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N

#
1

C
L
U
T
C
H

P
E
D
A
L

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

S
W
I
T
C
H
+
5
V
I
N
P
U
T

#
1
2
I
N
P
U
T

#
1
1

I
N
P
U
T

#
7

E
N
G
I
N
E

C
O
O
L
A
N
T

L
E
V
E
L

N
O
R
M
A
L

E
N
G
I
N
E

C
O
O
L
A
N
T

L
E
V
E
L

L
O
W

V
E
H
I
C
L
E

S
P
E
E
D

I
N

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E

V
E
H
I
C
L
E

S
P
E
E
D

I
N

N
E
G
A
T
I
V
E
I
N
P
U
T

#
8

(
R
E
M
O
T
E

P
T
O
A
C
C
E
L
E
R
A
T
O
R
)
A
P

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
S
W
I
T
C
H

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N

+
8
V
A
C
C
E
L
E
R
A
T
O
R

P
E
D
A
L

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
O
U
T
P
U
T

#
5
1
8
2
2
2
3

2
4
6
4
9
5
4
P
A
S
S
I
V
E

M
A
G
N
E
T
I
C
V
E
H
I
C
L
E

S
P
E
E
D
S
E
N
S
O
R
G
8
0
8
-
B
U
G
8
0
9
-
G
N
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
C
R
U
IS
E
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
E
T
/R
E
S
U
M
E
S
W
IT
C
H
6
2
2
4

4
0
9
-
O
R
E
9
7
1
-
G
N

C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
S

W
I
T
H
I
N

T
H
I
S
A
R
E
A
A
R
E

C
A
T
E
R
P
I
L
L
A
R

P
R
O
V
I
D
E
D

/

O
E
M

I
N
S
T
A
L
L
E
D
C
L
U
T
C
H

P
E
D
A
L

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

S
W
I
T
C
H
S
E
R
V
I
C
E

B
R
A
K
E

P
E
D
A
L

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

S
W
I
T
C
H
(
N
/
C

-

P
E
D
A
L

R
E
L
E
A
S
E
D

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
)
C
R
U
I
S
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

O
N
/
O
F
F

S
W
I
T
C
H
C
H
E
C
K

E
N
G
I
N
E

L
A
M
P
W
A
R
N
I
N
G

L
A
M
P
12
H
7
9
5
-
P
K

5

4
6
6
1
1
4
1
3
2
3
3
6
8
V
E
H
I
C
L
E

H
A
R
N
E
S
S

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
2

J
2
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
C
9
8
5
-
B
U
C
9
8
6
-
B
R
G
8
3
7
-
Y
L
BA
6
5
9
-
P
K
K
9
9
8
-
B
U
G
8
8
0
-
P
K
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
S

W
I
T
H
I
N

T
H
I
S
A
R
E
A
A
R
E

R
E
C
O
M
M
E
N
D
A
T
I
O
N
S
S
E
R
V
I
C
E

B
R
A
K
E

P
E
D
A
L

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

S
W
I
T
C
H
I
N
P
U
T

#
5

I
N
P
U
T

#
1
3
I
N
P
U
T

#
6

B
A
T
T
E
R
Y

+
N
O
T
E
A
(
N
/
O

-

T
R
A
N
S
M
I
S
S
I
O
N

I
N

G
E
A
R
)
S
T
A
R
T
4
5
5
5
4
7
6
4

6
C
9
9
2
-
P
U
G
8
4
2
-
G
Y
G
8
8
2
-
W
H
G
8
4
3
-
O
R
K 9 9 5 - O R
C 9 8 7 - R D
S
T
A
R
T
E
R
M
O
T
O
R
(
1
2
V
)
F
L
Y
B
A
C
K
R
E
S
I
S
T
O
R
N
O
T
E
A
C
R
U
I
S
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

O
N
/
O
F
F

S
W
I
T
C
H
I
N
P
U
T

#
3

I
N
P
U
T

#
4

5
9
6
0

7
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y

2
C
9
7
5
-
W
H
K
9
8
2
-
Y
L
G
8
4
1
-
G
N
N
/
O
R
E
L
A
Y
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
C
9
8
5
-
B
U
C
9
8
6
-
B
R
S
E
T
R
E
S
U
M
E
I
N
P
U
T

#
1

(
P
T
O

O
N
/
O
F
F

S
W
I
T
C
H
)
I
N
P
U
T

#
2

I
N
P
U
T

#
1
8

O
U
T
P
U
T

#
8
C
9
7
8
-
B
R
C
9
7
9
-
O
R
C
9
7
7
-
B
U
C
9
9
2
-
P
U
C
9
7
5
-
W
H
3
5
4
4
5
6
5
8
4
0
2
1
C
9
7
8
-
B
R
C
9
7
9
-
O
R
K
9
9
9
-
G
N
K
9
8
0
-
P
K
L
9
0
2
-
G
N
G
8
4
0
-
P
U
6
5
9
-
P
K
L
9
9
4
-
Y
L
-
1
2
V
+
-
1
2
V
+
+
P
1

J
1
1
2
V
-
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y

3
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y

1

G
8
0
8
-
B
U
G
8
0
9
-
G
N
G
8
4
5
-
P
U
E
N
G
I
N
E

H
A
R
N
E
S
S

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
O
U
T
P
U
T

#
7
2
0
5
1
G
8
3
9
-
B
U
G
8
4
4
-
P
K
C
9
8
3
-
W
H
C
9
8
4
-
Y
L
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
F
A
S
T

I
D
L
E

E
N
A
B
L
E

S
W
I
T
C
H
L
9
0
2
-
G
N
N
/
O

M
O
M
E
N
T
A
R
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
N
O
T
E
A
G
8
8
0
-
P
K
F
A
S
T

I
D
L
E

L
A
M
P
O
R
W
A
I
T

T
O

S
T
A
R
T

L
A
M
P
N
/
O

M
O
M
E
N
T
A
R
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
G
8
4
4
-
P
K
D
I
A
G
N
O
S
T
I
C

E
N
A
B
L
E

S
W
I
T
C
H
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
(
N
/
O

-

P
E
D
A
L

R
E
L
E
A
S
E
D

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
)
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y

+
2
9
3
0
3
1
N
O
T
E
A
G
8
8
2
-
W
H
S
E
R
V
I
C
E

B
R
A
K
E

P
E
D
A
L

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N

S
W
I
T
C
H

#
2

(
N
/
C

-

P
E
D
A
L

R
E
L
E
A
S
E
D

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
)
W
A
R
N
I
N
G

L
A
M
P
O
U
T
P
U
T

#
1
O
U
T
P
U
T

#
9
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
S
S
I
O
N

N
E
U
T
R
A
L

S
W
I
T
C
H
4
0
9
-
O
R
L
9
9
4
-
Y
L
2
8
C
H
E
C
K

E
N
G
I
N
E

L
A
M
P
F
L
Y
B
A
C
K
D
I
O
D
E
E
X
H
A
U
S
T

B
R
A
K
E
S
O
L
E
N
O
I
D
1
0
1
2
1
3
1
5
4
8
6
3
O
U
T
P
U
T

#
2
O
U
T
P
U
T

#
3
O
U
T
P
U
T

#
4

E
7
1
8
-
P
K
E
9
9
1
-
G
Y
G
8
3
6
-
W
H

1
4
A
W
G

G
X
L
1
4
A
W
G

G
X
L
1
4
A
W
G

G
X
L

J
9
0
6
-
B
R
I
G
N
I
T
I
O
N

K
E
Y

S
W
I
T
C
H
U
N
S
W
I
T
C
H
E
D

+
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
U
N
S
W
I
T
C
H
E
D

+
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
-
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
-
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
O
U
T
P
U
T

#
6
5
2
5
3
6
5
6
7
1
9
1
0
1
-
R
D
1
0
1
-
R
D
2
2
9
-
B
K
2
2
9
-
B
K
G
8
3
8
-
B
R

1
1
4
7
0
2
5
N
O
T
E
A
:

I
N
D
I
C
A
T
E
S
A
N

O
P
T
I
O
N
A
L

F
E
A
T
U
R
E

N
O
T

I
N
S
T
A
L
L
E
D

O
N
A
L
L

C
H
A
S
S
I
S
E
N
G
I
N
E
B
L
O
C
K
N
O
T
E
A
O
N
O
F
F
K
E
Y
S
W
IT
C
H
G
R
O
U
N
D
A
L
T
E
R
N
A
T
O
R
I
N
P
U
T

#
1
9
N
O
T
E
A
C
9
7
4
-
P
U
S
P
E
E
D
O
M
E
T
E
R
N
O
T
E
A
4
5
0
-
Y
L
4
5
1
-
B
R
S
I
G
N
A
L
+
S
I
G
N
A
L
-
T
A
C
H
O
M
E
T
E
R
N
O
T
E
A
E
7
9
3
-
B
U
E
7
9
4
-
Y
L
A
2
4
9
-
B
K
K
9
9
0
-
G
N
K
9
0
0
-
Y
L
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y

+
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y

-
J
1
5
8
7

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

N
E
G
A
T
I
V
E
J
1
5
8
7

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E
S
A
E
J
1
9
3
9
/
1
3

O
F
F
-
B
O
A
R
D
D
I
A
G
N
O
S
T
I
C

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
BAJHGFEDC
S
I
G
N
A
L
-
S
I
G
N
A
L
+
N
O
T
E
A
C
9
7
4
-
P
U
C
9
7
3
-
G
N

9
9
3
-
B
R
F
7
1
3
-
O
R
C
9
7
3
-
G
N
J
1
5
8
7

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

N
E
G
A
T
I
V
E
J
1
5
8
7

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E
J
1
9
3
9

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

S
H
I
E
L
D

J
1
9
3
9

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

N
E
G
A
T
I
V
E

J
1
9
3
9

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E

9

8
4
2
3
4
5
0
T
A
C
H
O
M
E
T
E
R

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E
T
A
C
H
O
M
E
T
E
R

N
E
G
A
T
I
V
E
3
8
3
9
5
7
4
3
4
5
0
-
Y
L
4
5
1
-
B
R
S
P
E
E
D
O
M
E
T
E
R

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E
S
P
E
E
D
O
M
E
T
E
R

N
E
G
A
T
I
V
E
I
N
P
U
T

S
E
N
S
O
R

C
O
M
M
O
N

#
2
I
N
P
U
T

#
1
4
3
6
3
7
2
7
2
6

3
1
7
J
1
9
3
9

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

S
H
I
E
L
D

J
1
9
3
9

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

N
E
G
A
T
I
V
E

J
1
9
3
9

D
A
T
A

L
I
N
K

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E

N
O
T
E
A
1
6
6
1
N
O
T
E
A
N
O
T
E
A
N
O
T
E
A
E
X
H
A
U
S
T

B
R
A
K
E

O
N
/
O
F
F

S
W
I
T
C
H
H
7
9
5
-
P
K
N
O
T
E
A
C
9
8
1
-
G
Y
E
X
H
A
U
S
T

B
R
A
K
E

O
N
/
O
F
F

S
W
I
T
C
H
1
4
A
W
G

G
X
L
1
0
1
-
R
D
1
0
1
-
R
D
1
4
A
W
G

G
X
L
1
4
A
W
G

G
X
L
1
4
A
W
G

G
X
L
1
4
A
W
G

G
X
L
2
2
9
-
B
K
2
2
9
-
B
K
6
9
U
N
S
W
I
T
C
H
E
D

+
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
U
N
S
W
I
T
C
H
E
D

+
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
-
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
-
B
A
T
T
E
R
Y
1
0
A
1
0
A
1
0
A
1
0
A
Figure 7 - C7 & C9 OEM Diagram
3.0 Engine Monitoring
The Engine Monitoring system monitors engine coolant temperature, engine oil pressure (optional), coolant
level (optional) and Inlet manifold air temperature. C7 and C9 engines are shipped with the Caterpillar coolant
temperature sensor and Inlet manifold air temperature sensor. Optional sensors include an engine oil pressure
sensor and an OEM supplied coolant level sensor. If a monitored engine parameter exceeds normal conditions,
one or more lamps will be turned on and one or more diagnostic codes will be logged. There are three Customer
Programmable Levels for the Engine Monitoring Mode parameter.
1) Warning.
2) Derate.
3) Shutdown.
3.1. Engine Monitoring Lamp Options
The Check Engine Lamp is a requirement but a Programmable Customer Parameter, Engine Monitoring Lamps,
is available to determine what additional lamps are to be turned On if normal engine operating conditions are
exceeded. The default option for Engine Monitoring Lamps is Warning Lamp. This default option provides for one
lamp output designated as the Warning Lamp and is used for all monitored engine condition warnings. When the
Engine Warning Lamps parameter is programmed to Option 1, the lamp outputs are re-designated as follows:
J1/P1: 29 (normally used as the Warning Lamp) is used as a Low Oil Pressure Lamp.
J1/P1: 30 (normally used as a PTO Enabled Lamp) is used as a Low Coolant Lamp.
J1/P1: 31 is used as a High Coolant Temperature lamp.
The Check Engine Lamp (J1/P1: 28) is unaffected.
NOTE: The Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is not available for GM trucks.
3.2. Engine Monitoring and OEM Requirements
The OEM is responsible for providing and installing lamps and the optional Coolant Level Sensor. The coolant level
sensor is programmed through the Customer Programmable Parameter, Coolant Level Sensor. This parameter has
a default factory setting of NO.
OEM provided and installed components required:
1) Lamp connected to J1/P1: 28 (Check Engine Lamp).
2) Lamp connected to J1/P1: 29 (Warning Lamp or Low Oil Pressure Warning Lamp programmed to Option1).
3) Lamp connected to J1/P1: 30 (Low Coolant Level Warning Lamp programmed to Option 1).
4) Lamp connected to J1/P1: 31 (High Coolant Temp Warning Lamp programmed to Option 1).
5) Coolant Level sensor 4 Pin, 2 Wire Float Sensor or 2 Pin Switch (GM only).
Customer Parameter programming required:
1) Coolant Level Sensor programmed to 4-pin or 2 Wire Float Sensor.
2) Engine Monitoring programmed to Warning, Derate, or Shutdown.
3) Warning Lamps programmed to Warning or Option 1.
3.3. Engine Monitoring Engine Sensors
The Engine Monitoring System Engine uses the engines sensors to monitor the engines operating condition.
Limits have been established for each of the engine conditions monitored by these sensors.
3.3.1. Engine Monitoring Intake Air Temperature Sensor
Intake Manifold Air Temperature is monitored to warn the operator of excessive intake manifold air temperature.
Excessive intake manifold air temperatures will not cause the ECM to derate or shutdown the engine when Engine
Monitoring is programmed to Derate or Shutdown.
Intake Manifold Air Temperature must exceed the triggering temperatures for 30 seconds after engine start up
before a Diagnostic Code is generated and logged. A High Intake Manifold Air Temperature Warning diagnostic
code is triggered at 194F (90C), and a Very High Intake Manifold Air Temperature at 230F (110C).
In addition to the Check Engine Lamp, the Warning Lamp is also turned ON if Engine Monitoring is programmed
to Warning, Derate, or Shutdown.
3.3.2. Engine Monitoring Oil Pressure Sensor
The Engine Oil Pressure Sensor is an optional sensor and can be used to automatically protect the engine from
operating without sufficient oil pressure.
With Engine Monitoring programmed to Warning, the Check Engine Lamp will turn On at the Low Oil Pressure
trip point. At the Very Low Oil Pressure trip point the Warning Lamp will be turned On in addition to the
Check Engine Lamp.
When programmed to Derate the Check Engine Lamp will turn On at the Low Oil Pressure trip point. At the
Very Low Oil Pressure trip point the Warning Lamp will flash and the engine will be derated.
When programmed to Shut Down the Check Engine Lamp will turn On at the Low Oil Pressure trip point. At the
Very Low Oil Pressure trip point the Warning Lamp will flash during engine derate and then the engine will shut
down after 30 seconds.
The ECM will indicate a Very Low Oil Pressure fault when the Engine Oil Pressure falls below 4 psi (29 kPa)
at 750 RPM or below 6 psi (43 kPa) at 800 RPM and higher.
3.3.3. Engine Monitoring Coolant Temperature Sensor
C7 and C9 engines include a Coolant Temperature Sensor as standard equipment. Engine coolant temperature
trip points have been established for High and Very High Coolant Temperatures. These trip points are illustrated
in the charts on the following pages and are used for logging fault codes.
With the Engine Monitoring System programmed to Warning the Check Engine Lamp will turn On at the High
Coolant Temperature trip point (110-00). At the Very High Coolant Temperature trip point (110-11) the Warning
Lamp will turn On in addition to the Check Engine Lamp.
When programmed to Derate, the Check Engine Lamp will turn On at the High Coolant Temperature trip point.
The Warning Lamp will flash at the Very High Coolant temperature trip point and the engine will be derated.
When programmed to Shutdown, the Check Engine Lamp will turn On at the High Coolant Temperature trip point.
The Warning Lamp will flash at the Very High Coolant temperature trip point and the engine will be derated.
After 20 seconds the engine will be shut down.
The ECM derates available power and limits vehicle speed in steps as temperature increases. Each step
represents a reduction in available power and limits vehicle speed as follows:
HP REDUCTION = 25% X (rated HP 120 hp [90 kW])
VSL REDUCTION = 25% X (VSL 45 mph [72.5 km/h])
The actual rate of change of HP or VSL reduction is limited to 10% per second maximum.
Figure 8 - C7 Truck Trip Points
Figure 9 - C7 Emergency and C9 Truck Trip Points
112 113 114 115 116 117
Coolant Temperature (C)
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
P
o
w
e
r
,
V
e
h
i
c
l
e
S
p
e
e
d
Rated Power,
Full Vehicle Speed Range
120 hp, 45 mph
Maximums
(90 kW, 72.5 km/h)
110-00 Triggered
110-11 Triggered
107 108 109 110 111 112
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
P
o
w
e
r
,
V
e
h
i
c
l
e
S
p
e
e
d
Rated Power,
120 hp, 45 mph
Maximums
(90 kW, 72.5 km/h)
110-00 Triggered
110-11 Triggered
Coolant Temperature Engine Monitoring Operation Emergency Vehicle Applications
For C9 emergency vehicle ratings with automatic transmissions, the High and Very High Coolant Temperature
trip points are adjusted as indicated below.
Figure 10 - C9 Emergency Trip Points
C9 Coolant Temperature Graph for Emergency Vehicles with automatic transmissions
3.3.4. Engine Monitoring Coolant Level Sensor
The coolant level will be monitored if an optional Coolant Level Sensor is installed and the Customer Parameter,
Coolant Level Sensor, is programmed to one of the available options. The OEM is responsible for providing,
installing, and programming the ECM to monitor the optional coolant level sensor. Trip points, times or values,
have been established for Low and Very Low coolant levels.
When programmed to Warning, the Check Engine Lamp will be turned on at the Low Coolant Level trip point and
the Warning Lamp will be turned on at the Very Low Coolant Level trip point.
When programmed to Derate, the Check Engine Lamp will be turned on at the Low Coolant Level trip point. At the
Very Low Coolant level trip point the Warning Lamp will flash and the engine will be derated.
When programmed to Shutdown, the Check Engine Lamp will be turned on at the Low Coolant Level trip point.
At the Very Low Coolant Level trip point the Warning Lamp will flash and the engine will be derated.
After 30 seconds the engine will shut down.
3.3.5. Low Coolant Level During an Engines First 6 Hours of Operation
If a low coolant level condition is detected during the first six hours of engine operation, an OEM clearable fault
(111-14) will be recorded. This delay in logging of low coolant level events will allow OEMs to purge air trapped in
the engines cooling system during the assembly process. After the engine has logged 6 hours of engine running
time, the diagnostic faults and events for Low (111-01) and Very Low Coolant Levels (111-11) will be logged into
the ECMs nonvolatile memory. Service technicians are required to contact Caterpillar for permissions to clear
Low (111-01) and Very Low (111-11) Coolant Level events from the ECMs nonvolatile memory.
117 118 119 120 121 122
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
P
o
w
e
r
,
V
e
h
i
c
l
e
S
p
e
e
d
Rated Power,
120 hp, 45 mph Maximums
(90 kW, 72.5 km/h)
110-00 Triggered
110-11 Triggered
3.4. Engine Monitoring Programmed to Warning
Warning is the default setting of the Engine Monitoring System. The ECM monitors Coolant Temperature, Inlet
Manifold Air Temperature and the optional Coolant Level or Engine Oil Pressure (if installed). The following table
indicates the diagnostic codes available. There is no effect on engine performance when active. The Check Engine
Lamp will flash and the Warning Lamp will come ON as indicated in the table when the diagnostic code is active.
PID- Code Description Trip Point Trip Point Warning Derate
FMI Emergency Lamp
Vehicle Ratings
100-11 Very Low Oil Pressure 4 psi (29 kPa) 4 psi (29 kPa) SOLID NONE
750 RPM 6psi (43 kPa) 6psi (43 kPa)
800 RPM and up
105-00 High Inlet Manifold 90C 90C SOLID NONE
Air Temp. Warning (194F) (194F)
105-11 Very High Inlet Manifold 110C 110C SOLID NONE
Air Temp. (230F) (230F)
110-00 High Coolant Temp. C9 113C C9 118C SOLID NONE
Warning (235F) (244F)
C7 108C C7 113C
(226F) (235F)
110-11 Very High Coolant C9 116C C9 121C SOLID NONE
Temperature (241F) (250F)
C7 111C C7 116C
(232F) (241F)
111-01 Low Coolant Level SOLID NONE
Warning
111-11 Very Low Coolant Level SOLID NONE
111-14 Low Coolant Level Warning SOLID NONE
(less than 6 Hours)
3.5. Engine Monitoring Programmed to Derate
When the Engine Monitoring System is programmed to Derate, the ECM will alter engine performance when
operating parameters are exceeded. Whenever the engine is derated, the Check Engine Lamp (due to active
diagnostic) and the Engine Warning Lamp will flash. For the DERATE column in the following table, mph indicates
vehicle speed is limited (maximum speed is 45 mph [72.5 km/h]), pwr indicates engine power is limited (maximum
derate is 120 hp [90 kW]), and rpm indicates engine speed is limited (maximum derate is 1350 rpm). For operating
conditions causing these codes see the appropriate section for the sensor under consideration.
PID- Code Description Trip Point Trip Point Warning Derate
FMI Emergency Lamp
Vehicle Ratings
100-11 Very Low Oil Pressure 4 psi (29 kPa) 4 psi (29 kPa)
750 RPM 6psi (43 kPa) 6psi (43 kPa) FLASH NONE
800 RPM and up
105-00 High Inlet Manifold 90C 90C SOLID NONE
Air Temp. Warning (194F) (194F)
105-11 Very High Inlet Manifold 110C 110C SOLID NONE
Air Temp. (230F) (230F)
110-00 High Coolant Temp. C9 113C C9 118C FLASH NONE
Warning (235F) (244F)
C7 108C C7 113C
(226F) (235F)
110-11 Very High Coolant C9 116C C9 121C FLASH NONE
Temperature (241F) (250F)
C7 111C C7 116C
(232F) (241F)
111-01 Low Coolant Level Warning SOLID NONE
111-11 Very Low Coolant Level FLASH NONE
111-14 Low Coolant Level Warning FLASH NONE
(less than 6 Hours)
3.6. Engine Monitoring Programmed to Shutdown
The following table indicates the active diagnostic codes capable of shutting down the engine when the ECM is
programmed to Shutdown. The Time to Shutdown, Engine running > 30 Sec column indicates the minimum time
before the engine will shutdown if the engine has already been running for at least 30 seconds. The Time to
Shutdown, Fault Code at Start/Restart column is running time if the code is active when the engine starts, or
following an Engine Monitoring caused shutdown. NO indicates the code will not shutdown the engine.
Note: These times assume the condition causing the code exists continuously and is not intermittent.
PID-FMI Code Description Time To Shutdown Time to Shutdown
Engine running > 30 Sec Fault Code at
Start/Restart
100-11 Very Low Oil Pressure 30 Sec 18 SEC
750 RPM
800 RPM and up
105-00 High Inlet Manifold Air Temp. Warning NO NO
105-11 Very High Inlet Manifold Air Temp. NO NO
110-00 High Coolant Temp. Warning NO NO
110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature 30 Sec 60 Sec
111-01 Low Coolant Level Warning NO NO
111-11 Very Low Coolant Level 30 Sec 60 Sec
111-14 Low Coolant Level Warning 30 Sec 60 Sec
less than 6 Hours)
OEM INSTALLED COMPONENT REQUIREMENTS and FEATURES
All of the functions described in the following text are available or enhanced if the vehicle OEM provides and
installs the appropriate components. The components required for each feature are listed with the particular feature
description. It is assumed the associated wire harness necessary for component connection is part of the component.
4.0 Power and Grounding Requirements and Considerations
The ECM requires unswitched power and ground connections. An Ignition Key Switch input is used to turn the ECM
ON, allowing the engine to start and run.
IGNITION KEY SWITCH
UNSWITCHED +BATTERY
-BATTERY
-BATTERY
ALTERNATOR
GND.
J906-BR
101-RD
65
70
67
53
P1 J1
10 A
+
12V
- +
12V
- +
12V
-
OFF
ON
ST.
ENGINE BLOCK
STARTER
MOTOR
(12V)
BAT. MTR.
ADEM 3 ECM
CIRCUITS WITHIN THIS
AREA ARE RECOMMENDATIONS
14 AWG
229-BK
14 AWG
229-BK
101-RD
55
69
-BATTERY
-BATTERY
229-BK
101-RD
63
229-BK
UNSWITCHED +BATTERY
UNSWITCHED +BATTERY
UNSWITCHED +BATTERY
52
48 101-RD
Wiring Diagram 1 - Preferred Wiring Medium Duty ACERT Engine Battery Wiring For C7 & C9
4.1 Grounding
Proper grounding for vehicle and engine electrical systems is necessary for proper performance and reliability.
Improper grounding results in unreliable electrical circuit paths. Stray electrical currents can damage main bearings,
crankshaft journal surfaces, and aluminum components. They can also cause electrical noise degrading control
system, vehicle, speedometer, and radio performance. These problems are often very difficult to diagnose and repair.
All ground paths must be capable of carrying any conceivable fault currents. An AWG # 4 or larger cable is
recommended between the engine ground stud and the frame or starter negative post to handle alternator currents.
A maximum of three ring terminals are to be connected to the engine ground stud to insure ground connection
integrity. More than three terminals can cause the stud to loosen too easily. Caterpillar recommends splicing like
size wires together as a method of reducing ring terminal congestion at the ground stud.
- +
Chassis Frame Rail Starter
Battery
Engine
Ground
Wire
Engine
Ground
Stud
Optional Engine
Ground Stud
Location
Figure 11 - Ground Stud to Frame Rail
Chassis Frame Rail
Battery
Starter
Engine
Ground
Stud
- +
Engine
Ground
Wire
Optional Engine
Ground Stud
Location
Figure 12 - Ground Stud to Starter
Ground Points for C9 Engines
Figure 13
Note: C9 Ground Points are different from C7.
4.2 Engine Connection To Vehicle Battery Ground
To insure proper functioning of the vehicle and engine electrical systems, there must be a direct wire path from the
engine ground stud to the battery negative post. Caterpillar prefers this connection route through the starter negative
post. In Figure 13 and Figure 14 an additional ground stud location is identified, either location can be used.
A connection routed to a main frame ground, can also be made if the following guidelines are followed:
1) Connections to the frame must not be made with star washers. Star washers should not be counted on to
remove paint from painted surfaces. Use flat washers for this connection, with the paint completely removed
in this area.
2) Any paint must be completely removed from the frame rail at the point where the connection is made.
Failure to do so reduces the effectiveness of the connection.
3) The ground path is not made through frame cross members. Bolted connections of frame cross members
may not always provide required continuity for this critical connection.
4) Conductive grease or other methods used to reduce/eliminate the affect of corrosion on the frame rail
connection.
5) Caterpillar does not recommend a connection from the engine ground stud to the main frame rail at a connection
point different than where the battery ground connection is made. A two-point frame rail connection method
depends on frame rail connections. Manufacturing process control of frame rail connections is difficult to control.
This multiple frame rail connection scheme is also more difficult to troubleshoot.
4.3 ECM Negative Battery Connections
Caterpillar requires the OEM to install the ECM -Battery wires into their harness connector. These connections
should be #14 AWG GXL wire.
4.3.1 Engine Ground Stud
C7 and C9 engines use a M8 X 1.25 Thread stud with a 20 mm stud length located on the cylinder head. The stud
has two washers and properly sized nut supplied for attaching all OEM supplied ground terminals.
4.4 Electric Starting Motors
The truck engine starting system must be able to crank the engine at sufficient speed for fuel combustion to begin
normal firing and keep the engine running. This requires adequate battery capacity, a starting motor, and cables
to connect the battery to the starter. The following must be observed in order to obtain a satisfactory installation:
Electric starting motors must be 12 or 24 volt DC and use a positive engagement pinion drive which engages with
the flywheel ring gear before the motor begins to turn. Air or hydraulic starters may also be used.
4.5 Sensor Common Connections
Only those components interfacing directly to the ECM should be connected to the ECM Sensor Common
connections. ECM Connector P1 terminal-5 should be used to connect the ground side of the following
engine control connected items: cruise control switches, clutch pedal position switch, fast idle enable switch,
1 service brake pedal position switch #1, A/C High Pressure switch, and the accelerator pedal position sensor.
These components must not be connected to any vehicle ground.
Additional Sensor Common connections are also available. ECM terminal-18 (Input Sensor Common #1) and
terminal-3 (Input Sensor Common #2) can be used if required by the harness design, for example, to splice all
cab components together at terminal-5, and engine compartment components at terminal-18 or terminal-3.
Caterpillar recommends that Input Sensor Common #2 remain open for Aftermarket/Body Builder connections.
If additional Sensor Common connections are required, please contact Caterpillar.
All switches connected to the control system must be externally grounded, two-wire design. Internally grounded
or case grounded switches must not be used.
OEM installed components used as inputs to the ECM must not be connected to the vehicle or cab ground,
and must not be case grounded. OEM installed switches must be grounded to an ECM Sensor Common via a
dedicated return line to the ECM.
4.6 Suppression Of Voltage Transients and Electrical Noise
Caterpillar recommends transient suppression be installed at the source of the transient in addition to the
suppression in the ECM. Caterpillar controls are designed to comply with SAE J1455.
The use of inductive devices such as relays and solenoids can result in the generation of voltage transients on the
battery lines. Unsuppressed voltage transients can exceed SAE J1455 specifications and degrade control system
performance. Some specific devices that should use transient suppression are fan clutch solenoids, A/C clutch
solenoids, and all relays. This is not an all-inclusive list. The OEM should specify relays and solenoids with built-in
voltage transient suppression on the vehicle where possible.
The following illustration provides several possible suppression techniques to minimize the generation of voltage
transients from relays and solenoids without built-in voltage transient suppression. These include, but are not limited
to, installing a properly sized diode or resistor in parallel with solenoid and relay coils.
Inductive devices should be located to maximize the distance from control system components. OEM installed
wiring harnesses should be routed to maximize the distance from the control system wiring harness to avoid
inductive coupling of noise transients.
Power Power Power Power
Figure 14 - Examples of Voltage Transient Suppression
Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment
AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common J1/P1: 5
Input Sensor Common #1 J1/P1: 18
4.6.1 EMI/RFI Testing
Caterpillar EMI/RFI testing on C7 and C9 engines is performed at both the component and system level.
Component level testing is performed in a TEM cell and screen room. This radiated susceptibility testing
is performed using the substitution method. In-vehicle radiated susceptibility testing is also performed.
4.7 ECM Positive Battery Connections
The positive battery connection to the C7 or C9 ECM must be made through a dedicated and unswitched circuit of
4 individual #14 AWG wires capable of a continuous duty load of 30 Amperes at 9 volts DC. Recommended fusing
is 10 Amperes for each wire for a total of 40 amperes. The four required unswitched positive battery connections
are terminals 48, 52, 53 and 55.
Caterpillar prefers the circuit protection be located in the cab if possible. On vehicle documentation for the circuit
protection should be provided for none cab locations.
In the event of a charging system failure, the engine will operate with a supplied voltage of 9 Volts DC. At this
voltage level the engine will draw up to 30 amperes. Fusing the unswitched battery wiring with less than the stated
fusing recommendation of 40 Amperes can result in blown fuses and an unexpected engine shutdown due to a
failed vehicle charging system.
In addition to suppressing inductive loads, powering the ECM on a dedicated fused circuit will reduce the possibility
of degraded control system performance due to voltage transients. No additional loads should be connected
between the ECM and ECM circuit protection.
The ECM monitors the battery supply voltage and will trigger a diagnostic code if this voltage drops below and then
returns above 6 Volts DC.
4.8 Voltage Requirements and Considerations
The control system has been designed to operate on 12 Volt or 24 Volt electrical systems. The control system is
protected against jump start conditions and short circuits to positive battery and negative battery.
Minimum voltage requirements and maximum current draw for the C7 and C9 control system are as follows:
**This condition includes the Inlet Air Heater Relay and HEUI injector solenoid cycling during cold weather conditions.
Minimum voltages are specified at the OEM connector (P1 terminals 48, 52, 53, 55 referenced to P1
terminals 63, 65, 67, 69).
4.9 ECM Current Draw with Ignition Key Off
The ECM draws less than 20 mA while the Ignition Key Switch is in the OFF position.
4.10 Welding on a Vehicle Equipped with a C7 or C9 Engine
Before welding on a vehicle equipped with an electronic engine, the following precautions should be observed.
1. Turn the engine OFF. Place the ignition key switch in the OFF position.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery. If the vehicle is equipped with a battery disconnect
switch, open the switch.
Condition Minimum Voltage Maximum Current Draw
Normal Operation 11.0 VDC 22.0 Amperes
Engine Cranking 6.0 VDC 16 Amperes
Ignition Key On, Engine Off ** 9.0 VDC 20 Amperes
Electrical Charging 9.0 VDC 30 Amperes
System Failure
3. Clamp the ground cable of the welder to the component that will be welded. Place the clamp as close as
possible to the weld.
4. Protect any wiring harnesses from welding debris and spatter. Use proper welding procedures in order to weld
the materials.
NOTICE
DO NOT use electrical components in order to ground the welder. Do not use the ECM or sensors or any
other electronic component in order to ground the welder. Clamp the ground cable for the welder to the
component that will be welded.
Place that clamp as close as possible to the weld. This will reduce the possibility of damage to the
bearings of the drive train, hydraulic components, ground straps, and other components of the vehicle.
Front of Engine
Engine
Connector J2
OEM
Connector J1
Figure 15 - ADEM 2000TM ECM and Wiring Harness Connectors
1
1 4
2 4
3 2
4 0
4 8
5 8
1 3
2 3
3 1
3 9
4 7
5 7
7 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13
14
24
40
48
58 59 60 61 62 63 65 66 67 68 69 70
23
31
47
57
35 36
>PEI<
ECM Side Harness Side
5.0 Connectors and Wiring Harness Requirements
5.1 ECM Connector
Caterpillar does not recommend the use of non-conductive grease with the ECM connector.
5.1.1 70 Terminal ECM Connector Part Numbers
The ECM uses an integral rectangular 70 Terminal AMP connector to interface to the OEM vehicle wiring harness
(AMP part number 776241-1, Caterpillar part number 160-7689). The ECM also uses a 70 Terminal AMP connector
to interface to the engine electronics (AMP part number 776241-2, Caterpillar part number 160-7690).
5.1.2 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Allen Screw Torque
ECM Connector Screw torque should be 6 Nm 1 Nm (4.4 lb.- ft. 0.7 lb.- ft., 53 lb. - in. 8.9 lb. - in.).
5.2 ECM Connector Wire Gauge Size
The battery positive and negative connections must be made with #14 AWG SAE J1128 type GXL wire for the
AMP 776093-1 stamped and formed terminal or the Deutsch 0462-209-1631 solid terminal. All other connections
may be #16 SAE J1128 type SXL or GXL or #18 AWG SAE J1128 type SXL (or equivalent wire).
5.2.1 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Wire Insulation and Size Range
Insulation material is cross linked polyethylene. Outside diameter insulation range is 2.26 to 3.33 mm
(0.089 to 0.131 in.). The following table provides insulation diameter range for each gauge and wire type.
ECM Connector Wire Insulation and Gauge Size
5.3 ECM Connector Terminals and Sealing Plugs
The OEM connector socket terminals must be compatible with the wire size used. All unused connector socket slots
must be filled with plugs to insure connector sealing.
Note: Do not use non-conductive grease to seal unused terminal cavities.
Wire Type Wire Gauge Insulation Diameter
14 0.114 - 0.125
GXL 16 0.098 - 0.112
18 0.089 - 0.098
SXL
16 0.116 - 0.131
18 0.103 - 0.118
5.3.1 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Terminals
The following table provides terminal and plug part numbers. All terminals used in the ECM connectors must be
gold or selective gold flash terminals.
Required ECM 70 Terminal Connector Parts
5.3.2 ECM Connector Terminal Installation Guidelines
Two options are available for AMP terminals. It is critical the harness supplier use the correct crimp tools and tool
calibration/setup procedures, when selecting AMP and Deutsch connector terminals. The following tables indicate
proper crimp tooling, go-no-go criteria, and crimp dimensions for each contact- wire combination.
*AMP 776093-1 Stamped & Formed Socket with #16 and #18 AWG SXL Wire or with
#14, #16 or #18 AWG GXL Wire (Caterpillar P/N 126-1766)
*Insulation barrel crimp height for AMP 776093-1 stamped and formed sockets must be set according to the
insulation diameter. Crimp width for all insulations is 0.145 inches maximum.
Description Usage Vendor Part Numbers Caterpillar Part
Numbers
70 Terminal Plug, Keyed OEM Vehicle Harness AMP 776241-1 160-7689
AMP Gold Socket Contact #16 & #18 AWG SXL and AMP 638090-1 126-1766
(stamped & formed) #14, #16 & #18 AWG GXL wire
Deutsch Gold Socket Contact #14 AWG SXL and Deutsch 0462-209-1631 126-1768
(machined-for field service) #14 AWG GXL wire
Deutsch Gold Socket Contact #16 & #18 AWG SXL and Deutsch 0462-201-1631 9X-3402
(machined-for field service) #16 & #18 AWG GXL wire
Sealing Plug #14 18 AWG Unused Connector Cavities PEI Genesis 225-0093-000 9G-3695
Sealing Plug #14 18 AWG Unused Connector Cavities Deutsch 114017 8T-8737
Wire Type Wire Gauge Crimp Height Crimp Width (in)
(+/- 0.002 In)
GXL 14 0.064 0.100
16 0.059 0.100
18 0.054 0.100
SXL
16 0.054 0.100
18 0.059 0.100
Deutsch 0462-209-1631 Solid Socket with #14 AWG Wire (Caterpillar P/N 126-1768)
Deutsch 0462-209-1631 Solid Socket with #16 and #18 AWG Wire (Caterpillar P/N 9X3402)
5.3.3 ECM 70 Terminal Connector Sealing Plugs
Two options are available for plugging unused connector cavities. Either the Deutsch 114017 (Caterpillar part
number 8T-8737) or PEI Genesis 225-0093-000 (Caterpillar part number 9G-3695) sealing plugs can be used.
Correct installation of either of these cavity plugs is critical to maintain connector socket seal integrity. The plug
cap is designed to rest against the seal, not inserted in the hole in the seal.
Note: Do not use non-conductive grease to seal unused cavities.
Figure 16
AVOID
Correct
Crimp Tool Options DIE Locator GO No GO
Deutsch Hand Tool HDT-48-00 N/A N/A 0.045 0.057
Pico Model 400 4301-16 414DA- 16N 0.043 0.50
Crimp Tool Options DIE Locator GO No GO
Deutsch Hand Tool HDT-48-00 N/A N/A 0.045 0.050
Pico Model 400 414DA- 16N 4301-16 0.043 0.50
5.3.4 Connector Interface Seal
The ECM Connector Interface seal is serviceable using Caterpillar part number 159-9322.
Figure 17 - ECM 70 Terminal Interface Seal
5.4 Sealing Splices and Ring Terminals
Caterpillar requires all ring terminals and splices connected to the Engine ECM be sealed using Raychem ES2000
or equivalent. This reduces moisture invasion under wire insulation.
1
Connector Interface Seal
31
32
13
93
74
75
07
41
42
23
04
84
85
5.5 OEM Harness Routing
Routing of the harness should insure connector seals are not stressed because the harness curvature is
too close to the connector. This applies to routing of OEM lines on or near the engine harness as well as the
OEM ECM Connector.
The following graphic illustrates the problem if the harness curvature is too close to the connector. When this occurs
the connector seal is stretched away from the wire, providing an opening for moisture entry. The wire should exit
perpendicular to the connector before curving as necessary for routing. The harness bundle should have a bend
radius greater than twice the harness diameter. This routing practice will also ensure the harness is not pulled too
tightly resulting in intermittent connections or broken harness wires.
Caterpillar recommends the OEM harness supplier perform the harness to provide the correct bend radius,
assuring connector sealing and preventing harness abrasion.
Figure 18
Figure 19 - 70 Terminal ECM Connector with Endbell
Engine
Connector
End Bell
OEM
Connector
Correct
AVOID
5.5.1 ECM Connector Endbell
An AMP 638092-1 (Caterpillar part number 126-1774) Connector Endbell is available to provide additional
protection and controlled wire routing for the harness at the ECM.
5.5.2 Twisted Pair Wiring
Twisted pair wiring must be used for the SAE J1587 Data Link, and input or output with a differential signal such as
the vehicle speed signal wires. There should be a minimum of one twist per inch within the harness. All twisted pair
wires should not be twisted within an inch of the connector to avoid seal stress. The speedometer and tachometer
outputs, and any other differential input or output circuit, should also use twisted pair wiring. SAE J1939 Data Link
wiring should comply with SAE J1939/11 specifications.
6.0 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors
The accelerator pedal position sensor converts the mechanical accelerator pedal position into an electrical signal
for the ECM. Caterpillar requires one of the sensors described in this document for use with an accelerator pedal.
Figure 20 - 204-7949 or 204-7950 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor with Deutsch DT Connector
Figure 21 - 204-7951 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor with Packard Connector
The accelerator pedal position sensor is designed to comply with FMVSS124 (Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 124). The sensor also meets the SAE J1843 Recommended Practice.
204-7949, 204-7950, and the 204-7951sensors mount directly to the accelerator pedal. This eliminates the need
for accelerator pedal linkages and OEM adjustments. These sensors are designed to operate from the ECM + 8V
supply. The 204-7949 (32 inch [81 cm] harness with Deutsch connector), 204-7950 (6 inch [15 cm] harness with
Deutsch connector), and the 204-7951 (6 inch [15 cm] harness with Packard connector) use the same sensor but
have different connectors or pigtail lengths as described.
6.1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Electrical Specifications
The sensor output is a constant frequency signal whose pulse width (duty cycle) varies with accelerator pedal
position. The Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) signal is expressed as a percentage (percent duty cycle) as
shown in Figure 21.
Figure 22 - Example PWM Signals
6.2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Duty Cycle
The Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (APP Sensor) mounts directly to the pedal and should not be adjusted by
the OEM. The OEM must insure that pedals supplied by the pedal manufacturer meet the following specification
for sensor output duty cycle.
The pedal assembly should also conform to SAE J1843.
NOTE: The ECM automatically calibrates (auto-cal) new duty cycle values for the Low Idle and High Idle
throttle positions each time the ECM is powered. The ECM initially assumes 22 percent duty cycle is low idle
and 75 percent duty cycle is high idle. As a result, the Throttle Position Status may reach 100 percent well before
the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. This is normal operation and will continue until the ECM learns the limits
of the low and high idle stops. Following some cycling of the accelerator pedal from the low to the high idle
positions, the ECM will adjust its calibration automatically, provided the high idle stop position is within the
75 to 90 percent duty cycle range, and the low idle is in the 10 to 22 percent duty cycle range.
During normal operation it may initially require more accelerator pedal movement for the Throttle Position Status
to increase above 3 percent (low idle) and the Throttle Position Status may reach the 100 percent (high idle)
value prior to the limit of the high idle position. This is done to ensure the throttle reaches these two critical points
for engine operation. As the ECM learns the physical limits, the range is expanded as long as it is within the values
specified above. If the Duty Cycle value goes outside of the expected range, a diagnostic code will be activated.
25% Duty Cycle
75% Duty Cycle
Accelerator pedal position Duty Cycle
Low Idle 10% - 20%
High Idle 75% - 90%
NOTE: There is no direct correlation between the Sensor Duty Cycle value and a Desired Engine RPM. For
example, it is not possible to input a 50% duty cycle value and expect the engine to operate at 1800 rpm.
This is due to the Auto-Cal function which constantly calibrates for the low and high idle stop positions.
6.3 ECM +8V Cab Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Supply
This sensor supply is designed to provide power for connection to OEM installed Cab Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor (+8V). No other vehicle components may be connected to this supply.
6.4 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connections
The 204-7949 accelerator pedal position sensor is designed to operate on 8 Volts DC supplied by the ECM. The
ECM supplied +8V, AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common, and Accelerator Pedal Position wiring must be connected
to the control system through an OEM harness. Current draw for the sensor is less than 40 mA.
AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common must not be connected to the vehicle cab ground. Connecting AP Sensor/
Switch Sensor Common to the vehicle cab ground can degrade control system performance. AP Sensor/Switch
Sensor Common must be connected to the ECM at the OEM connector (P1 terminal-5) via a dedicated return line.
Connector terminal assignments are as follows:
6.5 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connectors
6.5.1 Three Terminal Deutsch Mating Connector
The 204-7949 (32 inch [81 cm] harness) and 204-7950 (6 inch [15 cm] harness) Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensors require a Deutsch DT06-3S-EP04 (Caterpillar part number 3E-3367) mating connector plug with
a Deutsch W3S (Caterpillar part number 3E-3368) connector plug wedge.
Figure 23 - Three Terminal Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Deutsch DT Connector
Sensor Terminal Assignment ECM Terminal Assignment Terminal Description
Terminal A J1/P1: 4 + 8 VDC
Terminal B J1/P1: 5 AP Sensor Common
Terminal C J1/P1: 66 Accelerator Pedal Position
6.5.2 Deutsch Connector Wire Gauge Size
The connections may be made with #16 or #18 AWG SAE J1128 type SXL (or GXL) or equivalent wire.
6.5.3 Deutsch Connector Wire Insulation Size Range
Outside diameter insulation range is 2.24 mm to 3.81 mm (0.09 to 0.15 in.)
6.5.4 Three Terminal Packard Electric Mating Connector
The 204-7951 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (6 inch [15 cm] harness) requires a Packard Electric Division
12110293 (Caterpillar part number 124-5641) mating connector.
Figure 24 - Three Terminal Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Packard Electric Connector
6.5.5 Packard Electric Connector Wire Gauge Size
The connections may be made to 204-7951 with #18 AWG SAE J1128 type SXL (or GXL) or equivalent wire.
6.5.6 Packard Electric Connector Wire Insulation Size Range
Outside diameter insulation should be 2.80 mm (0.11 in.).
6.5.7 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Three Terminal Connector Terminals
The following table provides terminal part numbers.
Required Connector Parts
Description Usage Part Numbers Caterpillar Part Numbers
3 Terminal Plug and Seal APP Sensor Connector Deutsch DT06-3S-EP04 3E-3367
3 Terminal Plug Wedge APP Sensor Connector Deutsch W3S 3E-3368
Socket Contact #16 OR #18 AWG Wires Deutsch 0462-201-16141 8T-8730
(machined)
Socket Contact #18 AWG Wires Deutsch 1062-16-0122 115-1051
(stamped & formed)
3 Terminal Plugs APP Sensor Connectors Packard 12110293 124-5641
Socket Terminal #18/#20 AWG Wires Packard 12048074 124-5640
6.6 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor for Remote PTO Applications
Caterpillar recommends the 161-8906 accelerator pedal position sensor for remote PTO applications. The sensor
provides the same type of signal as the 204-7949, 204-7950, and the 204-7951 sensors, but requires battery
voltage (12 or 24 volt systems) to operate. This Sensor must NOT be connected to the +8V supply intended
for the Cab Sensor, nor can the Cab Sensor be connected to a +12 Volt supply.
Figure 25 - 161-8906 Accelerator Position Sensor with Deutsch HD Connector
6.6.1 PTO Accelerator Position Sensor Connector
The 161-8906 is supplied with a 3-terminal Deutsch HD plug connector (HD16-3-96S, Caterpillar P/N 8T-8731).
The connecting harness will require a Deutsch HD receptacle connector (HD14-3-96P, Caterpillar P/N 8T-8732).
6.6.2 Mounting the Remote Accelerator Position Sensor
The 161-8906 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor can be attached to either an accelerator pedal assembly (contact
the vehicle OEM for parts) or a Caterpillar 107-2281 PTO Accelerator Assembly. The PTO Accelerator Assembly
does not include a handle. It may be used in applications where a mechanical linkage is required. The accelerator
position sensor mounts directly to the PTO Accelerator Assembly and does not require additional sensor calibration.
Figure 26
6.6.3 Remote Accelerator Position Sensor Assemblies
Two Remote Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Assembly packages are available from Caterpillar that include the
161-8906 sensor and mounting hardware. The 134-0597 assembly provides the 161-8906 sensor mounted to a
control arm lever. The 134-0670 assembly provides the 161-8906 sensor mounted to an adjustable dial mechanism,
which can be automatically reset to the low idle position or locked into place at a specific position.
NOTE: The Remote Throttle PTO Configuration requires the Remote Throttle to be returned to the Low Idle position
upon engine start up, in order for Remote Throttle control to be provided. If the engine is started with the PTO
Switch ON and the Remote Throttle at a position above Low Idle, the engine will be limited to Low Idle until the
Throttle is cycled to the low idle position.
(Sensor Not Included)
(Handle Not Included)
134-0597 Remote Accelerator Assembly 134-0670 Remote Accelerator Assembly
Figure 27
6.6.4 Remote Accelerator Position Sensor PWM Input
Input #8 (terminal-68) is available for use as a Remote Accelerator Input for Remote Throttle PTO applications.
1) Throttle Sensor
2) Accelerator pedal or other mechanical linkage.
3) PTO Configuration programmed to Remote Throttle.
4) PTO On/Off circuit
6.6.5 Remote Accelerator Pedal Sensor Input Electrical Specifications
All signal requirements are identical to those outlined for 204-7949 except the 161-8906 sensor requires connection
to battery voltage (12 VDC or 24 VDC) instead of the ECM supplied 8 VDC.
6.6.6 Remote Accelerator Pedal Sensor Common Connections
Three different Sensor Common terminals can be used (J1/P1: 3, 5 or 18) to ground the Remote Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor to the ECM. However, Caterpillar recommends that Input J1/P1: 3 remain open for
aftermarket/body builder installation.
7.0 Vehicle Speed Input Circuit
Vehicle speed information is a requirement for many features. These would include:
a) Cruise Control
b) PTO Control with Vehicle Speed Limit kickout
c) Idle Control with Vehicle Speed Limit kickout
d) Vehicle Speed Limiting
e) Vehicle Speed Limit Protection
f) Upshift Engine Speed Control
g) Progressive Shifting
h) Idle Shutdown Timer
i) Inlet Air Heater
j) ECM Controlled Speedometer
k) Trip Recorder Functions
l) Secure Idle Theft Deterrent
If the application does not require any vehicle speed related features, the vehicle speed circuit may not be required.
If the Vehicle Speed Input is not used, the VSL Protection Parameter should be programmed to 2640 rpm to
prevent any Vehicle Speed Faults from occurring during engine operation.
7.1 General Vehicle Speed Source Requirements for Passive Speed Sensor Input
Caterpillar recommends using single coil passive magnetic speed sensors for the vehicle speed sensor detecting
speed via a transmission chopper wheel. The sensor should connect directly to the ECM using twisted pair wiring.
The vehicle speed sensor must detect vehicle speed directly from the transmission output shaft. The source
should be a rigid chopper wheel immune to noise inducing vibration. Caterpillar does not recommend use of less
rigid tone wheel rings using magnetic disks to provide the change in magnetic flux for the vehicle speed source.
This arrangement is prone to vibration induced electrical noise. The sensor must not be detecting vehicle speed
through a system that uses a cable linkage such as a mechanical speedometer drive to the transmission output
shaft. The cable will tend to wind up, causing opposing ends to deviate erratically from each other. This twisting
results in erratic fluctuations in the vehicle speed signal, causing cruise control/PTO and Vehicle Speed Limit
malfunctions.
Caterpillar will accept a vehicle speed from the SAE J1939 Data Link. Caterpillar will not accept vehicle speed from
the SAE J1587 Data Link for control system purposes. Because vehicle speed is critical to cruise control operation,
any unnecessary and erratic signal delays are unacceptable, as well as the reduced accuracy associated with
SAE J1587 vehicle speed sources.
The signal frequency from the vehicle speed source should be between 0 and 5.3 kHz.
1) Passive Vehicle Speed Sensor, or Electronic Speed Source.
1) Vehicle Speed Calibration parameter must be programmed to correct Pulses Per Mile setting.
2) Vehicle Speed Input parameter must be programmed to J1/P1: 32 & 33 (Default) hardwired sensor option.
7.2 Passive Magnetic Vehicle Speed Sensor Electrical Requirements
The passive vehicle speed sensor must be a magnetic sensor with the sensor output signal resulting from variation
in magnetic flux. Output voltage from the sensor at the ECM (at connector P1 terminals 32 and 33) should not be
less than 0.70 Volts peak to peak (referenced to the ECM connector battery terminals) when vehicle speed is
greater than 2 mph. The ECM Vehicle Speed Input can withstand up to a 100 Volt peak-to-peak input signal. Twisted
pair wiring should be used to connect the vehicle speed sensor to the ECM. Caterpillar recommends a minimum of
one twist per inch.
7.3 Passive Magnetic Vehicle Speed Circuit Options
Option 1 One Single Coil Speed Sensor
One single coil speed sensor with the ECM Speedometer output supplying the speedometer input signal.
Wiring Diagram 2 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using One Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensor
and ECM Speedometer Output for Speedometer
Option 2 One Single Coil Speed Sensor
One single coil speed sensor, with the ECM J1587 Data Link output supplying the speedometer input signal.
Wiring Diagram 3 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using One Single Coil Vehicle Speed
Sensor and Data Link for Speedometer
Option 3 Separate Single Coil Speed Sensors
Using two speed sensors, one for the speedometer and one for the ECM, completely isolates the two circuits.
8
9
32
33
P1 J1
1
2
J1587 DATA LINK +
J1587 DATA LINK -
VEHICLE SPEED IN +
VEHICLE SPEED IN -
E794-YL
E793-BU
G808-BU
G809-GN
ECM
SPEEDOMETER
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
VEHICLE SPEED +
VEHICLE SPEED -
J1587 DL+
J1587 DL-
36
37
32
33
P1 J1
VEHICLE SPEED +
VEHICLE SPEED -
1
2
C974-PU
C973-GN
G808-BU
G809-GN
ECM
SPEEDOMETER
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SPEEDOMETER +
SPEEDOMETER -
VEHICLE SPEED IN +
VEHICLE SPEED IN -
SIGNAL+
SIGNAL-
Wiring Diagram 4 - Vehicle Speed Circuit Using Two Single Coil Vehicle Speed Sensors
7.4 Dual Coil Speed Sensor
Dual coil magnetic speed sensors are not recommended because of the increased risk of electrical noise coupling
into the engine control vehicle speed circuit. Ground noise from the circuit connected to the speedometer ground
will be coupled into the vehicle speed circuit of the engine control degrading system performance.
7.5 Automatic Transmissions with Electronic Vehicle Speed Source
Some electronically controlled transmissions do not have a passive magnetic vehicle speed signal available. For
these transmissions follow guidelines indicated below. When a single ended signal is used, a signal with amplitude
greater than 4.0 volts is required for the ECM vehicle speed input.
NOTE: Proper grounding is required to ensure the ECM Vehicle Speed Input Signal is of the same ground potential
as the ECM ground reference. Improper grounding may result in lost or intermittent vehicle speed signals.
Wiring Diagram 5 - Vehicle Speed Circuit with Allison Electronic Transmission
7.5.1 Allison Electronic Transmissions
Connect the single ended vehicle speed signal line to the ECM Vehicle Speed In + (P1 terminal-32). Leave ECM
Vehicle Speed In - (P1 terminal-33) unconnected (DO NOT Connect to Ground).
No other devices should be receiving vehicle speed from the Allison Vehicle Speed line providing vehicle speed to
the Caterpillar ECM. Caterpillar recommends using the Caterpillar ECM Speedometer Driver for the speedometer
signal or the SAE J1587 Data Link.
36
37
32
33
P1 J1
G808-BU
G809-GN
C974-PU
C973-GN
VEHICLE SPEED
SPEEDOMETER +
SPEEDOMETER -
VEHICLE SPEED IN +
VEHICLE SPEED IN -
ELECTRONIC VEHICLE
SPEED SOURCE
ECM
SPEEDOMETER
SIGNAL+
SIGNAL-
36
37
32
33
P1 J1
1
2
G808-BU
G809-GN
C974-PU
C973-GN
VEHICLE SPEED +
VEHICLE SPEED -
VEHICLE SPEED +
VEHICLE SPEED -
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
SPEEDOMETER +
SPEEDOMETER -
VEHICLE SPEED IN +
VEHICLE SPEED IN -
SIGNAL+
SIGNAL-
ECM
SPEEDOMETER
7.6 J1939 Transmission Output Shaft Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source
The ECM can be configured to receive Vehicle Speed Information from an Electronic Transmission Control Unit
via the J1939 data link. The Transmission must be capable of supporting the J1939 ETC1 Broadcast Message
(PGN 61,442 Bytes 2&3), which provides transmission output shaft speed. The OEM is responsible for determining
if the transmission is capable of supporting the required message protocol. This feature also requires the necessary
J1939 data link hardware to be installed in chassis.
When configured for the J1939 option, the ECM Vehicle Speed Input Circuit (terminals 32 & 33) will be ignored.
The ECM uses the Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) parameter value to calculate vehicle speed, based on
the programmed value and the output shaft speed (received over the J1939 data link). The Vehicle Speed Cal
(J1939-Trans) setting is based on Output Shaft revolutions per mile. The OEM is responsible for determining
the specific value for any given chassis. There are several methods to arrive at this value:
Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) = Transmission Output Shaft revolutions per mile
Transmission Speed Sensor pulse per mile
Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) =
Number of Teeth on Output Shaft Chopper Wheel
Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) = (Tire revolutions per mile) x (Axle Ratio)
1) Transmission ECU capable of supporting required J1939 message protocol.
2) J1939 Vehicle Data link.
1) Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) parameter must be programmed for correct Trans Output Shaft revs per mile.
2) Vehicle Speed Input parameter must be programmed to J1939-Trans option.
7.7 J1939 ABS Wheel Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source
The ECM can be configured to receive Vehicle Speed Information from an Antilock Brake System (ABS) via the
J1939 data link. The ABS must be capable of supporting the J1939 High Resolution Wheel Speed Broadcast
Message (PGN 65,134 Byte 5-8), which provides wheel speed from the two rear wheels. The OEM is responsible
for determining if the ABS is capable of supporting the required message protocol. This feature also requires the
necessary J1939 data link hardware to be installed in the chassis.
The ABS will broadcast the ASSUMED tire revolutions per mile. If this value is the ACTUAL tire revolution per mile,
the calibration value will be one (1.0) If the ASSUMED tire revolutions per mile is not the same as the ACTUAL tire
revolutions per mile, then the cal factor can be calculated in the following manner.
ABS Assumed tire revolutions per mile = 500
Actual Tire revolutions per mile = 400
Vehicle Speed Cal = 400/500 = 0.800
1) ABS capable of supporting required J1939 message protocol.
2) J1939 Vehicle Data link.
1) Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-ABS) parameter must be programmed for correct Tire revs per mile.
2) Vehicle Speed Input parameter must be programmed to the J1939-ABS option.
8.0 ECM Speedometer and Tachometer Outputs
8.1 Speedometer And Tachometer
The ECM provides complementary 9 V speedometer and tachometer signals. The Tachometer Output can be
customer programmed to provide an output between 12.0 to 500.0 pulses per revolution. The Speedometer Output
provides a fixed 30,000 pulse per mile signal when the Truck Manufacturer parameter is programmed to Other,
and a fixed 4,000 pulse per mile signal when programmed to the GM setting. The ECM receives the vehicle speed
signal from an OEM installed sensor or electronic vehicle speed source, and scales the signal for the speedometer
output. The ECM can also receive information over the J1939 data link from a transmission ECU broadcast, in order
to calculate vehicle speed for the speedometer output. A speedometer may also be driven from the SAE J1587
Data Link message broadcast by the ECM, if the speedometer is capable of processing the information.
The tachometer does not require an external sensor. The ECM determines engine speed from the Speed/Timing
Sensor signals. A tachometer may also be driven from the SAE J1587 Data Link if the gauge is capable.
1) Vehicle speed source (for speedometer output only).
1) Vehicle Speed Calibration (for speedometer output only).
2) Tachometer Calibration (default is 134.0).
Wiring Diagram 6 - Speedometer and Tachometer Circuits
The optional speedometer driver provides a signal from the ECM (OEM Connector P1, terminals 36 and 37),
as does the tachometer driver (Connector P1 terminals 38 and 39). The signals are zero-crossing square
waves with an amplitude (unloaded) of 9 Volts. The amplitude of the signals will be 5 Volts or greater when
the speedometer load current is less than 4 mA.
The output at terminal 36 (Terminal 38 for the tachometer) is the complement of terminal-37 (Terminal-39 for
the tachometer) for those speedometers or tachometers requiring two signal lines. Connect either one of the
two output lines from the ECM for speedometers or tachometers with a single input terminal. Leave the remaining
line unconnected. When the control senses zero vehicle or engine speed, the driver signals will provide the
following output voltages (unloaded).
36
37
38
39
P1 J1
450- YL
451- BR
ECM
C974-PU
C973-GN
SPEEDOMETER +
SPEEDOMETER -
TACHOMETER +
TACHOMETER -
SIGNAL +
SIGNAL -
SIGNAL +
SIGNAL -
SPEEDOMETER
TACHOMETER
Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment Voltage
Speedometer + J1/P1: 36 9V
Speedometer - J1/P1: 37 9V
Tachometer + J1/P1: 38 9V
Tachometer - J1/P1: 39 9V
NOTE: Do not connect the negative terminal of the ECM Speedometer or Tachometer Output to Sensor Common
or any vehicle ground.
Figure 28 - Unloaded Speedometer/Tachometer Signal
Figure 29 - Speedometer/Tachometer Signal vs. Load
10
5
0
- 5
- 10
5000 15000 20000 10000 0
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

(
V
o
l
t
s
)
Load In Ohms
10
5
0
- 5
- 10
V
o
l
t
a
g
e

(
V
o
l
t
s
)
The output signal for the speedometer is 30,000 pulses per mile, and for the tachometer the signal is
programmable from 2.0 500.0 ppr (pulses per revolution, selectable in 0.1 increments through a Customer
Parameter). Note that Caterpillar still provides a threaded hole in the flywheel housing for a magnetic engine
speed sensor. Caterpillar requires twisted pair wiring if both signal connections from the ECM to the speedometer
or tachometer are made. This is to prevent radiated electrical noise problems. Cab grounding of the speedometer
is acceptable.
8.2 Connection Of Devices Other Than A Speedometer/Tachometer
Do not connect these drivers to more than a single speedometer and tachometer. For questions regarding
simultaneous connection, or connection of additional devices to these drivers contact Caterpillar. Caterpillar
requests device specifications, a sample of the intended additional device, a connection diagram for vehicle
installation, and sufficient lead time to evaluate this request.
8.3 Speedometer and Tachometer Output Accuracy
8.3.1 Speedometer Signal Accuracy
The engine control processes the vehicle speed input signal using the pulses per mile as determined by the
customer programmable Vehicle Speed Calibration parameter. It is then scaled for the speedometer driver
at 30,000 pulses per mile. The most likely source of error for the output signal is incorrectly programming
the ECM or speedometer pulses per mile, and driveline variations such as tire wear.
There are five sources of signal processing error of the vehicle speed by the ECM:
1) ECM input resolution is 2 sec.
2) Vehicle Speeds less than 1.5 miles per hour are ignored.
3) Rounding error due to division (scaling from pulses-in to pulses-out per mile).
4) ECM output resolution is 2 sec.
5) ECM sampling of the vehicle speed occurs every 30 mS.
8.3.2 Tachometer Signal Accuracy
The tachometer driver accuracy is 5 rpm.
9.0 Lamp Outputs
The ECM provides four lamp outputs that can be used in a variety of ways depending upon Customer Parameter
programming. The Check Engine Lamp is the only required lamp. The Check Engine Lamp is a yellow lamp that
indicates an active diagnostic code or alerts the driver to impending idle/PTO shutdown. An optional Warning Lamp
is required for the Engine Monitoring feature. The Warning Lamp indicates an active problem with one of the monitored
conditions such as high coolant temperature. A flashing Warning Lamp indicates the engine is derating power.
For Other truck Manufacturers Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter provides the option of using a single Warning
Lamp for all monitored conditions, or discrete lamps for each monitored condition. If the Engine Monitoring Lamps
parameter is programmed to Warning Lamp, then J1/P1 terminal-29 is used for connection of a single Warning
Lamp. If the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to Option 1, then J1/P1 terminal-29 is used to
connect a Low Oil Pressure Warning Lamp and J1/P1 terminal-31 is used to connect a High Coolant Temperature
Lamp. If an optional Coolant Level Sensor is also installed (Coolant Level Sensor parameter programmed to 4-Pin
or 2-Wire Float Sensor) then J1/P1 terminal-30 is used to connect a Low Coolant Level Lamp.
For GM trucks, the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is limited to a High Coolant Temp option. Choosing
this option changes J1/P1: 29 to a High Coolant Temperature Lamp. The other lamp drivers are not affected
by choosing this option.
If a Coolant Level Sensor is not installed (Coolant Level Sensor parameter programmed to No) then
J1/P1 terminal-30 will be available for other functions including PTO Switch On Lamp or Change Oil Lamp.
9.1 Electrical Specifications
Electrical characteristics of the Lamp Driver ECM outputs are as follows:
Maximum Current: 0.30 Amperes
Maximum Leakage Current in OFF State: 1mA
These circuits are low side driversthe ECM provides a path to ground to activate the load. Caterpillar does not
request dedicated circuit protection for this circuit. The engine control has not implemented diagnostic codes for
these circuits.
ECM Lamp Output Terminal Description ECM Terminal Assignment
Check Engine Lamp J1/P1: 28
Warning Lamp, Low Oil Pressure, J1/P1: 29
High Coolant Temp (Parameter programming Dependent)
PTO Switch On Lamp, Change Oil Lamp, J1/P1: 30
Low Coolant Level Lamp (Parameter programming Dependent)
High Coolant Temperature Lamp, J1/P1: 31
Wait To Start Lamp, Fast Idle Enabled Lamp (Parameter programming Dependent)
Wiring Diagram 7 - Lamp Driver Output Wiring Diagram
9.2 Lamp Test
On power up (key ON, engine OFF), the Check Engine Lamp will come ON for five seconds and turn off indicating
the lamp circuit is functional.
When the engine is first started, the Check Engine Lamp (terminal 28) and the Warning Lamp (terminal 29) will
be turned On for 2 seconds indicating that both lamp circuits are functional.
9.3 Check Engine Lamp Operation
An OEM installed Check Engine Lamp (hardwired, Not J1939 driven) is required to indicate a control system
malfunction (diagnostic condition) to the driver, for diagnosing control system component failures, and for indicating
that the Idle Shutdown Timer is in the Driver Alert phase, indicating a pending engine shutdown when the timer
expires. When a diagnostic code alert is active the Check Engine Lamp will flash ON and OFF.
On power up (key ON, engine OFF), the Check Engine Lamp will come ON for five seconds and turn off indicating
the lamp circuit is functional. Any time there is an Active diagnostic code the lamp will flash ON five seconds, blink
off, flash ON five seconds, blink off, etc.
9.3.1 Viewing Diagnostic Flash Codes
Caterpillars proprietary two-digit diagnostic flash codes can be prompted from the Check Engine Lamp. Active or
logged codes (occurring since ECM power up) may be determined from the Check Engine Lamp as follows:
Figure 30 - Viewing Diagnostic Flash Codes
3
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGI NE
4
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGINE
CHECK
ENGI NE
ON OFF
Pause
Count the flashes as shown. In this example
a code 55 is flashed= No Active or Logged codes.
If more than one code is active or has been logged,
the Check Engine Lamp will continue to flash as
indicated in 3, above. If any codes are missed,
repeat steps 1 and 2.
CRUISE OFF
CRUISE ON SET
RESUME
CHECK
ENGINE
Make sure Cruise Control On/Off switch is OFF.
Hold the Set/Resume switch in the SET position.
Release when Check Engine Lamp begins to Flash.
CRUISE OFF
CRUISE ON SET
RESUME
CHECK
ENGINE
Hold the Set/Resume switch in the RESUME position.
Release when Check Engine Lamp begins to Flash.
RESUME CRUISE OFF
CRUISE ON SET
CHECK
ENGINE
OR
1
2
L994-YL
659-PK
K998-BU
G880-PK
28
29
30
31
P1 J1
CHECK ENGINE LAMP
WARNING LAMP
OUTPUT #1
OUTPUT #9
CHECK ENGINE LAMP
WARNING LAMP or Low Oil Pressure Lamp
PTO Switch ON Lamp, Change Oil Lamp or
Low Coolant Level Lamp
+
12V
-
ECM
Fast Idle Lamp, Wait to Start Lamp or
High Coolant Temp Lamp
Note: It is suggested the Diagnostic Flash Codes only be used to indicate the nature of a diagnostic code
occurrence, not to perform detailed troubleshooting. Troubleshooting should be performed using SAE J1587
PID/FMI Diagnostic Codes obtained via an electronic service tool or digital dash display.
9.3.2 Viewing Diagnostic Flash Codes using Diagnostic Enable Input
The diagnostic flash codes can be prompted using the Diagnostic Enable input. To initiate the flash codes, depress
the momentary Diagnostic Enable switch until the Check Engine Lamp begins to flash. The codes should flash out
as indicated above.
9.4 Warning Lamp Operation
Engine Monitoring requires additional OEM installed warning lamp or lamps to alert the driver to an engine problem
detected by the ECM. The Warning Lamp also alerts the driver to the level of action the ECM is taking to respond
to the condition. The lamp is ON continuously while the engine is in the warning mode. Warning mode indicates the
ECM has detected a problem, but the ECM is not altering engine performance to force driver action. The Warning
Lamp flashes when in the derate mode, indicating the ECM has begun to force driver action and is reducing available
horsepower and the maximum vehicle speed. During warning and derate the Check Engine Lamp will flash
because of the active diagnostic code.
The Warning Lamp will come on for two seconds following engine start-up to check the lamp and circuit function.
9.4.1 Warning Lamp Output used for High Coolant Temperature Shutdown Signal
For GM 530/540 engines, the Warning Lamp output can be used as a dedicated High Coolant Lamp. The Engine
Monitoring Lamps parameter may be programmed to Warning Lamp or to High Coolant Warning Lamp. When
programmed to Warning Lamp, the output operates as already described. When programmed to High Coolant
temperature Warning Lamp, the output at J1/P1: 29 will be turned On in conjunction when the upper coolant
temperature limit is exceeded. This feature option allows for the engine coolant temperature diagnostic to be
tied into the chassis system for an engine protection shutdown.
1) Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter programmed to High Coolant Warning Lamp.
9.5 Low Oil Pressure Lamp
This lamp will be available if the Engine Warning Lamps parameter is programmed to Option 1. A lamp connected
to J1/P1:29 will turn On when the diagnostic code for Low Oil Pressure or Very Low Oil Pressure is active. This
feature is not available for GM trucks.
1) Low Oil Pressure Lamp.
1) Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter programmed to Option 1.
9.6 Low Coolant Level Lamp
With the Coolant Level Parameter programmed to other than No, a coolant level sensor installed and the Engine
Monitoring Lamps parameter programmed to Option 1, J1/P1:30 is available for a Low Coolant Level Lamp.
This lamp will turn on when the active diagnostic codes for Low or Very Low Coolant Level are active. This feature
is not available for GM trucks.
1) Low Coolant Level Lamp.
2) Coolant Level Sensor
1) Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter programmed to Option 1.
2) Coolant Level Sensor programmed to 4-Pin or 2-Wire Float
9.7 PTO Switch ON Lamp
If the PTO Switch On Lamp parameter is programmed to J1/P1: 30 (default), the ECM will turn Output #1 ON when
the PTO On/Off Switch circuit (Input #1) is ON.
1) PTO Configuration programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote Throttle.
2) PTO Switch On Lamp programmed to J1/P1: 30
NOTE: This parameter is unavailable if Change Oil Lamp is programmed to this terminal. This feature will not be
available if the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to Option 1 and the Coolant Level Sensor
is programmed to other than No.
9.8 Change Oil Lamp
If the Change Oil Lamp parameter is programmed to J1/P1: 30, the ECM will turn Output #1 ON when the oil
change interval exceeds the interval set in the PM1 parameter.
1) Maintenance parameters; Maintenance Indicator Mode, PM1 Interval and Engine Oil Capacity
2) Change Oil Lamp programmed to J1/P1:30
NOTE: This parameter is unavailable if PTO Switch On Lamp is programmed to this terminal. This feature will not
be available if the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to Option 1 and the Coolant Level Sensor
is programmed to other than No.
9.9 Fast Idle Enabled Lamp
The Fast Idle Enabled Lamp parameter may be programmed to J1/P1:31 (Default), J1/P1:21 or None.
When programmed to J1/P1:31 the ECM will turn 99Output #9 (Terminal 31) ON when Fast Idle is active.
1) Fast Idle Lamp.
1) Fast Idle Enabled Lamp parameter is programmed to J1/P1:31(default) or J1/P1:21.
2) Engine Monitoring Lamps programmed to Warning
NOTE: The Fast Idle Enabled Lamp is not available for some GM configurations. This feature is not available if the
Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to Option 1.
9.10 Wait To Start Lamp
The Wait To Start Lamp parameter may be programmed to J1/P1: 31, J1939 or None (default). The ECM will enable
J1/P1: 31 (or J1939 message) when the Inlet Air Heater is operating and the engine is not running. This function is
different from the engine harness connection for the Inlet Air Heater Lamp that will turn On whenever the Inlet Air
Heater is operating.
The Wait to Start Lamp is not available for all GM configurations. The hardwired connection (J1/P1: 31) is not
available if the Engine Monitoring Lamps parameter is programmed to Option 1. The J1939 option for the Wait to
Start Lamp is available regardless of the Warning Lamp programming for Non-GM trucks.
1) Lamp or J1939 data link device
1) Wait to Start Lamp is programmed to J1/P1: 31 if Engine Monitoring Lamps programmed to Warning
Or,
2) Wait To Start Lamp programmed to J1939
9.11 J1939 Data Link Driven Lamps
The ECM will broadcast the SAE J1939 DM1 message ($FECA [65,226]) for engine diagnostic codes and
will include the information necessary to illuminate an OEM provided Check Engine, Engine Protect and the
Engine Stop lamps.
9.11.1 Amber Check Engine Lamp
With the ECM Engine Monitor programmed to Warning, Derate or Shutdown, the ECM will broadcast the message
on J1939 to illuminate an amber Check Engine Lamp during those conditions that illuminate the hardwired Check
Engine Lamp (during Active Diagnostic Codes).
This message will not support the FLASH CODES generated during trouble shooting of the ECM.
9.11.2 Protect Lamp
on J1939 to illuminate the Protect Engine Lamp during those conditions that illuminate the hardwired Warning Lamp
(Red). The DM1 protocol will be followed and up to 10 active fault codes will be transmitted (highest priority first).
9.11.3 Stop Lamp
on J1939 to illuminate the RED STOP Lamp during those conditions that cause the hardwired Warning Lamp
(Red) to flash.
9.11.4 Wait to Start Lamp
The Wait To Start Lamp status is available to be broadcast over J1939. The message is PGN $FEE4 (65252) Byte
4, bits 2,1. This message will indicate that the inlet Air Heater is enabled and the operator should wait until the lamp
goes Off before attempting to start the engine.
10.0 OEM Installed Sensors
10.1 Coolant Level Sensors
The OEM is responsible for providing and installing the Coolant Level Sensor and a Warning Lamp. It is programmed
through the Customer Programmable Parameter, Coolant Level Sensor. The default factory setting is No.
1) Warning Lamp.
2) Coolant Level Sensor.
1) Coolant Level Sensor parameter must be programmed to 4-pin, 2-Pin Switch (GM Only), or 2-Wire Float Sensor.
2) Engine Monitoring must be programmed to Warning, Derate, or Shutdown.
10.2 Selecting a Sensor
Three types of coolant level sensors are supported. These include a four pin coolant level sensor, 2 Wire Float
Sensor (a resistive ladder type sensor), or the 2- wire switch (used ONLY in General Motors (C7) applications).
Each sensor operates as a coolant loss sensor. If a sensor is installed the Coolant Level Sensor parameter must
be programmed to 4-Pin, 2-Wire Float Sensor or 2-Pin Switch.
10.3 Coolant Level Sensor Environmental Compatibility
The OEM should determine worst case coolant type, mechanical, electrical, and electromagnetic field environments
for the coolant level sensor and verify the coolant level sensor will function properly and reliably under those worst
case conditions. Specifically, the OEM must verify that the sensor is compatible with Extended Life Coolants.
NOTE: If the Coolant Level Sensing is disabled through the Customer Programmable option, it is not necessary
to jumper any connector terminals on the OEM connector. The ECM will ignore the coolant level inputs. The vehicle
harness for the Coolant Level Sensor should not be connected to the ECM when a sensor is not installed.
10.4 Coolant Level Sensor Mounting Guidelines (4-Pin)
To insure proper operation of the 4 pin coolant level sensor, the following mounting guidelines should be followed:
A. The sensor is supplied with thread sealant applied to the threads. No other tape or sealant should be applied
when mounting.
B. For the liquid present signal, the sensor must be mounted in a position completely immersing the sensing
tube and mounting thread.
C. For the liquid absent signal, the sensor must be mounted in a position with no fluid contacting the entire
sensing tube and mounting thread.
D. The output signal is indeterminate when only a portion of the sensing tube is immersed in fluid.
E. The sensor should be mounted low enough in the tank to operate correctly under all slosh, tilt, and roll conditions.
F. Preferred sensor mounting is horizontal.
Figure 31 - Cooper Standard Coolant Level Sensor Installation in Top Tank
10.5 Four Pin Coolant Level Sensor Electrical Specifications
The four pin coolant level sensor specifications are shown in the following table.
10.5.1 Coolant Level Sensor Connections
Figure 32
10.5.2 Coolant Level Sensor Power Supply
The sensor must operate off the ECM regulated power supply of 5.0 0.25 Vdc. Total current draw by the sensor
at the +5V terminal must not exceed 20 mA under any conditions.
2
49
54
5
P1 J1
C
D
A
B
G879-OR
C983- WH
C984-YL
H795-PK
+5V
COOLANT LEVEL NORMAL
COOLANT LEVEL LOW
AP SENSOR/SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
ECM
+5V
COOLANT LEVEL NORMAL
COOLANT LEVEL LOW
Sensor Terminal Assignment ECM Terminal Assignment Terminal Description
Terminal A J1/P1: 54 Coolant Level Low
Terminal B J1/P1: 5 AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common
Terminal C J1/P1: 2 +5V
Terminal D J1/P1: 49 Coolant Level Normal
10.5.3 Coolant Level Sensor Outputs
(All voltages are DC and referenced to AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common at the ECM Connector J1/P1).
I. Coolant Level Low (J1/P1:54)
A. Fluid Present: Output voltage = 0.5V MAXIMUM when sinking 10 mA or less.
B. Fluid Absent: Output voltage = 4.1V MINIMUM when sourcing 1 mA or less. (The outputs must be able
to tolerate a 20 k or greater resistance pulled up to 13V).
II. Coolant Level Normal (J1/P1:49)
A. Fluid Present: Output voltage = 4.1V MINIMUM when sourcing 1 mA or less. (The outputs must be able
to tolerate a 20 kW or greater resistance pulled up to 13V).
B. Fluid Absent: Output voltage = 0.5V MAXIMUM when sinking 10 mA or less.
10.5.4 Coolant Level Sensor Response Time
Sensor outputs must change states in less than 2 seconds when subjected to an immersion-removal transition.
Cool Level Low must change states within 1.0 millisecond of a Cool Level Normal state change.
10.5.5 Coolant Level Sensor Diagnostic
Coolant level faults, 111-01 for Low & 111-11 for Very Low will cause the Check Engine Lamp to illuminate.
Active faults will be broadcast over the J1587 and the J1939 data links. The J1939 message will indicate that
the coolant level is at 50% for Low and 0% for Very Low.
If the ECM Coolant Level Circuit indicates the sensor outputs are at the same voltage for at least two seconds,
a diagnostic code is triggered.
1) Coolant Level sensor meeting this specification.
2) Engine Monitoring Warning Lamp installed.
1) Coolant Level Sensor Customer Parameter programmed to 4 Pin.
10.6 2-Wire Float Coolant Level Sensor
The 2-Wire Coolant Level Float Sensor option allows the OEM to install a resistor ladder float switch sensor to
indicate coolant level. This sensor is powered with a 5-volt supply internal to the ECM. The expected voltage for
a Normal coolant level is between 0.75 and 1.75 volts. The expected voltage for a Low coolant level is between
2.0 and 3.0 volts. The expected voltage for a Very Low or Critical level is between is between 3.25 and 4.25 volts.
Hysteresis voltage ranges are included to allow for some slosh in the tank. Voltages levels changing from a defined
range into a hysteresis zone will be considered to be in the previous range until the voltage level changes to outside
of the hysteresis zone.
Figure 33
The 2-Wire Float Sensor is connected to J1/P1: 26 and J1/P1: 5. Pin J1/P1: 23 provides 5 volt excitation through
a 499 Ohm pull up resistor. Resistor ladder values must be selected to produce the voltage levels for Normal,
Low and Very low (critical) coolant levels. Caterpillar does not recommend any specific supplier or circuit.
The following diagram is for reference.
Wiring Diagram 8
H795-PK
E452-WH
5 Volts
Sensor Common
26
5
R1
R2
R3
Coolant Level Normal = R1 + R2 + R3
Coolant Level Low = R2 + R3
Coolant Level Very Low = R3
2-Wire Float Coolant Level Sensor
Typical Circuitry
OEM Supplied
ECM J1 P1
499 Ohms
Open Sensor
Short to ground
Critical Level
Low Level
Normal Level
4.50 v
A/D Input
(Max 5V)
5.00 v
4.25 v
3.25 v
2.00 v
3.00 v
1.75 v
0.75 v
0.50 v
Hysteresis zone
Hysteresis zone
Hysteresis zone
Hysteresis zone
Critical Level
Low Level
Normal Level
10.7 2-Wire Float Sensor Diagnostics
Ignition Key On and the engine Not running:
If the Coolant Level Sensor voltage is in the Normal range or either of the hysteresis zones bordering Normal
Coolant Level range, the coolant level State will be Normal. A coolant level fault (111-01 for Low, 111-11 for
Very Low, 111-03 for Open & 111-04 for Shorted) will occur if the voltage is not between 0.5 and 2.0 volts for at
least 10 seconds. The Check Engine Lamp will illuminate and an active fault will be broadcast over the J1587 and
the J1939 data links if there is a fault condition present. The J1939 message will indicate that the coolant level is
at 50% for Low and 0% for Very Low. For Low and Very Low coolant levels, an Event will be logged in the ECM.
The logged Event will stay in the ECM nonvolatile memory and will be erased after 100 hours of engine operation
if there are no other occurrences.
Engine has been running for more than 4 seconds but less than 30 seconds:
(Allows for initialization of the Coolant level)
1) If the Coolant Level Sensor voltage is in the Normal range or either of the hysteresis zones bordering Normal
Coolant Level range, the coolant level State will be Normal.
2) If the Coolant Level Sensor voltage is in the Low range or in the hysteresis zone between Low and Very Low,
the Coolant Level State will be Low (111-01).
3) If the Coolant Level Sensor voltage is in Very Low range or the Hysteresis Zone between Very Low and Sensor
Open, the Coolant Level Sate will be Very Low (111-11).
4) If the sensor is shorted (111-04) or open (111-03), a fault code will be active.
5) A fault condition will cause the Check Engine Lamp will illuminate and an active fault will be broadcast over the
J1587 and the J1939 data links. The J1939 message will indicate that the coolant level is at 50% for Low and
0% for Very Low.
Engine has been running for 30 seconds:
(Allows for coolant levels to stabilize)
1) If the Coolant Level state was Normal and the voltage level is in the Normal Coolant Level range or either of the
hysteresis zones bordering Normal Coolant Level range, the coolant level will be considered Normal.
2) If the Coolant Level State was Low and the voltage is in the Low Coolant Level range or either of the hysteresis
zones around the Low range, the Coolant level will be considered Low (111-01).
3) If the Coolant Level State was Very Low and the voltage is in the Very Low Coolant Level range or either of the
hysteresis zones around the Very Low Coolant range the Coolant Level State will be Very Low (111-11).
4) If the sensor is shorted (111-04) or open (111-03), a fault code will be active.
5) A fault condition will cause the Check Engine Lamp to illuminate and an active fault will be broadcast over the
J1587 and the J1939 data links. The J1939 message will indicate that the coolant level is at 50% for Low and
0% for Very Low.
1) Coolant Level Sensor Customer Parameter programmed to 2-Wire Float Sensor.
10.8 2-Pin Switch Coolant Level Sensor (GMT 560 only)
The 2-Pin Switch sensor used on GMT 560 trucks provides closed contacts when coolant is present and open
contacts when coolant is Low.
The sensor is connected between J1/P1:49 and J1/P1:3
1) Coolant Level Sensor Customer Parameter programmed to 2-Pin Switch.
10.9 Fuel Tank Level Sensing (GMT560 trucks only)
Two passive inputs may be used for connecting a resistive fuel tank level sensor. These inputs are supplied with
5 volts through an internal 500-Ohm pull-up resistor. This feature may be available upon a joint effort between
Caterpillar and interested OEMs.
Wiring Diagram 9
1) A Fuel Level sensor meeting GMs specification.
1) Primary or Secondary Fuel Tank Capacity programmed to 50, 35, or 25 gal
15
3
26
P1 J1
Sensor Common
Primary Tank Fuel Level (INPUT #2)
Secondary Tank Fuel Level
ECM
Primary Tank Fuel Level Sensor
Secondary Tank Fuel Level Sensor
11.0 Inlet Air Heater, Lamp and Relay Operation
The Inlet Air Heater (IAH) is used to improve cold start capability of the engine and to reduce white smoke.
The ECM controls the Inlet Air Heater Grid and Inlet Air Heater Lamp through the Inlet Air Heater Relay.
The heater and relay are installed on the engine at Caterpillar.
The Inlet Air Heater operation is determined at three different times: Power Up/Preheat, Engine Cranking and
Engine Running. This operation is based on measured engine temperatures and affected by operational conditions
including vehicle speed and service brake pedal position. The Inlet Air Heater will be disabled (engine running or
not) whenever the Service Brake is depressed and the vehicle speed is equal to or more than 5 mph (8 KPH).
If there is an active vehicle speed sensor fault the ECM will assume that the vehicle speed is above 5 mph and
will disable the Intake air Heater when the Service Brake is applied.
11.1 Inlet Air Heater Relay Electrical Specifications
The OEM is responsible for connecting the contact side of the Inlet air heater relay to battery voltage.
Recommended circuit protection for this connection is 130 Amps with a circuit load of 100 Amps continuous.
The Inlet Air Heater Relay has a maximum On time of 7 minutes. Minimum required wire size is 4 AWG.
11.2 Inlet Air Heater Relay Connections
The battery supply wire must be secured and not attached to a fuel line. Secure the wire with the clip before
applying the proper torque of 9.0 Newton-Meters (NM) +/- 1.0 NM to the wire terminal at the terminal stud.
Wire terminal nuts and locking washers are supplied with the relay. Caterpillar recommends the use of a breaking
torque wrench such as the Mountz TLS-1360. CAUTION: Not meeting the specified torque limit may cause
electrical arcing due to a mechanical failure of the relay stud or a loose connection.
Figure 34 - Inlet Air Heater Relay
Battery Cable
Air Inlet
Heater
A boot must be installed on the Battery connection to the Inlet Air Heater Relay to help prevent electrical
arcing. This boot must be made of heat resistant material that can meet the UL94V0 rating for flammability.
Choose terminals made of tin plated brass with a hole that size is closest to the diameter of the stud (5/16 inch).
The terminal hole should provide enough clearance to make assembly easy while maintaining contact. Caution
must be taken to prevent the terminal from causing a short to chassis ground. Caterpillar recommends that the
terminal ring connection to the battery supply wire should be made with a bare terminal and then insulated using
a sealed heat shrink.
11.3 Inlet Air Heater Lamp
An Inlet Air Heater Lamp may be installed to indicate when the Inlet Air Heater is operating. This lamp will normally
be installed at the operator station. The Inlet Air Heater Lamp can be connected in parallel with the Caterpillar
installed Inlet Air Heater Relay. The engine wiring harness provides a 116-6158 two terminal Packard (12052641)
Metri-pack 150 Series Plug (P648) to connect the Inlet Air Heater Lamp. The mating half of the P648 plug is a
Packard (12162000) Metri-pack 150 Series Receptacle (J648). A connector cap is installed on the plug to seal the
connection until the Inlet Air Heater Lamp is connected. The ECM Inlet Air Heater driver provides a ground path
when the heater should be ON (low side driver sinking 1.5 A maximum).
Wiring Diagram 10 - Inlet Air Heater Wiring Diagram
+
12V
-
ENGINE GROUND
8
P2 J2
J501 P501
1
2
B A
850-BU
ECM
100 Amp with
130 A Peak @ 11 V
INLET AIR
HEATER LAMP
J648
P648 INLET AIR
HEATER
OEM INSTALLED COMPONENTS
INLET AIR
HEATER RELAY
INLET AIR HEATER
Figure 35
Ignition Switch On
Turn Heater On and Start
30 Sec Timer (PreHeat)
Is the SUM of Coolant Temp
1
+Inlet Manifold Air Temp
2
less than 136F (40C) when operating below 5500 Ft (1678 M)
Or
3
less than 159F (53C) when operating above 5500 Ft (1678 M)
Heater On
1
2
Or
3
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
1
If a coolant temperature sensor open circuit or short circuit diagnostic code is active, the heater will come on if inlet manifold temperature < 50F (10C)
2
If an inlet manifold air temp sensor open circuit or short circuit diagnostic code is active, the heater will come on if coolant temperature < 104F (40C)
3
With APR99 and newer Personality Modules, the Boost Pressure reading is used to determine Atmospheric Pressure. This indicates if the engine is
operating above 5500 Ft (1678 M). If so, the temperature calculations used to determine inlet air heater operation are adjusted to compensate for the
extreme altitude operation.
NOTE: If the Service brake switch is open and Vehicle Speed is greater than or equal to 5 mph (or a vehicle speed diagnostic is present) the heater will
be turned OFF. If the brake switch closes or speed drops below 5 mph, the heater will resume operation.
Timer
Expired?
Starting Aid Mode
Engine
Cranking?
Engine
started?
Yes
Off
Yes
No
No
Timer
Expired?
Turn Heater On and Start 7
minute Timer (first time thru)
No
1
2
Or
3
Timer
Expired?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Engine
started?
No
Wait 5 Seconds after Ether
injection is finished
Yes
Is Starting Aid
Temp <= 0C? **
Yes
No
Automatic
Turn
Heater
Off
Start 13 minute Timer (first time thru)
Cycle Heater On and Off every
10 seconds
11.4 ECM Power Up and Preheat Cycle
If the SUM of the Coolant Temperature and Inlet Manifold Air Temperature is less than 136F or 40C and the
engine is being operated below 5500 feet (1678 meters) of elevation, the ECM will turn the Inlet Air Heater relay
output ON for 30 seconds as a preheat cycle. If the engine is being operated at elevations higher than 5500 feet
(1678 meters) the sum of the Coolant Temperature and Inlet Manifold Air Temperature must only be less than
160F or 53C in order to compensate for the extreme altitude operation.
NOTE: DO NOT convert the sum of the temperatures!!! The temperatures MUST be converted before summing!
The ECM adds Coolant Temperature and Inlet Manifold Air Temperature as measured in centigrade. In order to get
the correct conversion of the summed value in Fahrenheit, each temperature must first be converted to Fahrenheit
and then added together as follows:
([Coolant Temperature C] X 1.8 +32) + ([Inlet Manifold Air Temperature C] X 1.8 +32) = sum in Fahrenheit.
The Heater and Heater Lamp will turn ON, and then turn OFF when the cycle is complete. If the operator attempts
to start the engine before the 30 second preheat cycle ends, the ECM will continue to control the Heater during
engine cranking.
11.5 Engine Cranking Cycle
When the engine is cranking, the Heater will turn ON if the SUM of the Coolant Temperature and Inlet Manifold Air
Temperature is less than 136F or 40C at elevations below 5500 feet (1678 meters), and stay ON while cranking.
If the engine fails to start the Heater will activate for 30 seconds (preheat cycle is restarted). At elevations above
5500 feet (1678 meters) the SUM of the Coolant Temperature and Inlet Manifold Air Temperature must only be
less than 160F or 53C in order to compensate for the extreme altitude operation.
11.6 Engine Running Cycle
After the engine has started, the Inlet Air Heater operation is determined by the same combination of both the
Inlet Manifold Air Temperature and Coolant Temperature.
The Engine Running Cycle has two segments, a continuous mode followed by an On/Off cycling mode.
The Continuous ON mode lasts for a maximum of seven minutes. The On/Off cycle mode can last for a maximum
of 13 minutes. During the On/Off cycle mode, the Heater is cycled ON and OFF for ten seconds. The Inlet Air
Heater will turn OFF anytime the SUM of the Inlet Manifold Air Temperature and Coolant Temperature exceeds
126F or 40C if the engine is being operated below 5500 feet (1678 meters) of elevation. If the engine is being
operated at elevations higher than 5500 feet (1678 meters), the Heater will turn OFF anytime the SUM of the Inlet
Manifold Air Temperature and Coolant Temperature exceeds 178F or 63C.
11.7 IAH and Active Engine Diagnostics
Whenever there is an Active Open or Short Circuit Diagnostic Code for the Coolant Temperature Sensor,
the Heater will activate if the Inlet Manifold Air Temperature is less than 50F (10C). For an Active Inlet Manifold
Air Temperature Sensor Diagnostic, the Heater will activate if Coolant Temperature is less than 104F (40C).
2.8 IAH and Starting Aid Interaction
At key switch On, the Inlet Air Heater will not be activated if the Starting Aid Output is programmed to Automatic
and the inlet air temperature is below 0 Deg C. The Inlet Air Heater will not be activated if the Starting Aid circuit is
activated. When the Starting Aid Output is programmed to Automatic, the Inlet Air Heater will not be activated until
the engine is running and the starting Aid output has been turned off for 5 seconds.
12.0 Hard-wired Switch Inputs
The ECM has 18 switch inputs available for feature interaction. There are 15 Switch To Input Sensor Common
inputs and three Switch To Battery Positive inputs.
12.1 Switch to Sensor Common Electrical Specifications
Applied voltage to switches by the control will normally not exceed 11.5 Volts DC. Contact plating should not
corrode or oxidize. Gold plated or silver alloy contacts are recommended. Normal current draw through the switches
by the control will not exceed 6.5 mA.
Contact chatter and momentary opening or closing should not exceed 100 milliseconds in duration. The switches
should not open or close due to vibration or shock normally found in the application.
ECM internal pull-ups force the respective input to 11.5 Volts DC when a switch contact is opened or the harness
is open circuited. Closure of an OEM installed switch must short circuit the input to a dedicated Sensor Common
connection of the ECM (J1/P1 terminal-5, terminal-3 or terminal-18).
Voltage thresholds measured at ECM:
Voltage-In-Low < 0.9 Volts DC With any switch contacts closed, ground potential differences, switch voltage
drops, and wiring harness voltage drops must be such that a switch closure results in less than 0.9 Volts DC
between the respective control inputs and Sensor Common terminal.
Voltage-In-High > 4.0 Volts DC With the switch contacts open, ground potential differences, switch voltage drops,
and wiring harness voltage drops must be such that a switch opening results in greater than 4.0 Volts DC between
the control input and Sensor Common terminal.
12.2 Sensor Common Connections
Three Sensor Common terminals are available to ground inputs connected to the ECM. All of the Switch To Sensor
Common inputs must use one of the three terminals (J1/P1: 3, 5, or 18). Switch inputs must not use chassis
ground. Switches must not be Case grounded.
AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common J1/P1: 5
12.3 Switch to Sensor Common Inputs
Note: For switches with J1939 options, refer to the J1939 Based Switched Messages section for additional details.
12.3.1 Service Brake Pedal Position Switches/Function
The Service Brake Position Switch #1 is required for ALL applications. This is a normally closed switch and must be
an open circuit when the service brake pedal is depressed. An Open circuit will deactivate or will not activate Cruise
Control, Fast Idle (1 or 2), Extended Idle, or Cab Switches PTO. A change in state (depressing a released pedal, or
releasing a depressed pedal) of the Service Brake, during Driver Alert, while the Idle Shutdown Timer is counting
also overrides the Idle Shutdown Timer if the Customer Parameter Allow Idle Shutdown Override is programmed
to Yes (default). Service Brake Position Switch #2 (switch to Battery Plus) may be required if needed to support the
transmission style.
12.3.2 Clutch Pedal Position Switch Function
The clutch pedal position switch must be an open circuit when the clutch pedal is depressed. This switch is required
on any application that uses a clutch and the Transmission Style must be programmed to Manual Option 1 or 2.
An Open circuit will deactivate or will not activate Cruise Control, Fast Idle (1 or 2), Extended Idle, or Cab Switches
PTO. Adjustment of the Clutch Pedal Position Switch is critical to proper system performance. A change in state
(depressing a released pedal, or releasing a depressed pedal) of the Clutch, during Driver Alert, also overrides
the Idle Shutdown Timer, if the ECM is programmed to allow Idle Shutdown Override.
Switch function Default Optional
Connection Connection(s)
Cruise Control On/Off J1/P1: 59 J1939
Cruise Control Set J1/P1: 35 J1939
Cruise Control Resume J1/P1: 44 J1939
Clutch Pedal Position Switch J1/P1: 22 J1939
Service Brake Position Switch #1 J1/P1: 45 J1939
Torque Limit Switch None J1/P1: 7, 23
Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch None J1/P1: 47
Two Speed Axle None J1/P1: 6
Diagnostic Enable None J1/P1: 46,
J1939
PTO On/Off J1/P1: 56 J1939
PTO Set J1/P1: 58 J1939
PTO Resume J1/P1: 60 J1939
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A None J1/P1: 46,
J1939
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B None J1/P1: 7, 23
PTO Engine Shutdown None J1/P1: 7, 23
Fast Idle J1/P1: 40 None
A/C High Pressure J1/P1: 41 None
A/C Fan Request (GMT560 Only) Sw to + Batt J1/P1: 41
Shutdown Override J1/P1: 40 None
12.3.2.1 Clutch Pedal Position Switch with Automatic Transmissions
The Clutch Pedal Position switch is required if the parameter Transmission Style is programmed to Manual Option
1, Manual Option 2 or Universal. If the transmission Style parameter is not programmed to one of these options, the
clutch switch circuitry may be omitted. A jumper circuit from this input to Sensor Common is not required.
12.3.3 Diagnostic Enable
A Diagnostic Enable input is available to prompt the ECM for flashing Diagnostic Flash Codes via the hardwired
Check Engine Lamp. The Diagnostic Enable parameter must be programmed to J1/P1: 46 for this feature to
function. A momentary normally open switch is required. The ECM will begin flashing and continue to flash out
codes while this switch is closed.
Wiring Diagram 11 - Diagnostic Enable Circuit
1) Normally open momentary switch.
2) Hardwired Check Engine Lamp
1) Diagnostic Enable programmed to J1/P1:46
12.3.4 Two Speed Axle Switch
Two Speed Axle Switch may be programmed to None (Default) or J1/P1: 6. When a two-speed axle is used Two
Speed Axle Switch must be programmed to J1/P1: 6 (Input #6). A normally open switch is required. When a two-
speed axle is used, the change in gear ratios from the high-speed range to the low speed range alters the
calibration of the vehicle speed signal. With this system, the ECM will automatically adjust the vehicle speed
calibration when the switch is ON. This will ensure an ECM driven speedometer and ECM stored information
correctly reflect the actual vehicle speed. The Low Speed Range Axle Ratio and High Speed Range Axle Ratio
must be programmed as well. When the switch is closed between the ECM terminals 16 and 5, the ECM will use
the following equation to calculate the actual vehicle speed:
High Speed Range Axle
Low Speed Range Axle Ratio
X calculated vehicle speed = actual vehicle speed
Note: GM trucks use a normally closed switch for this input.
Where the calculated vehicle speed is the vehicle speed calculated using the programmed vehicle speed
calibration (pulse per mile). This adjusted vehicle speed will be used to determine idle, PTO, and Fast Idle Kickout
speeds as programmed. The vehicle speed broadcast over the data links and the ECM speedometer output vehicle
speed will reflect the adjustment. If Two Speed Axle Switch is not programmed to J1/P1: 6, the ECM does not use
either axle ratio to determine the actual speed.
1) Switch to close when low speed axle ratio is used (switch to OPEN if GM truck).
1) Two Speed Axle Switch programmed to J1/P1:6 when a two-speed axle is used (default is NONE).
2) High Speed Range Axle Ratio and Low Speed Range Axle Ratio must be programmed or the feature is disabled.
G844-PK
H795-PK
46
5
P1 J1
INPUT #7
DIAGNOSTIC ENABLE
ECM
Wiring Diagram 12
12.3.5 PTO Switches
Several options are available to control engine rpm while in PTO. In order to operate in PTO Mode, a dedicated
PTO ON/OFF switch is required. Three PTO modes are available. The Cruise Control Set/Resume switches can be
used or dedicated PTO switch inputs can be programmed and installed to give a variety of controlled engine speeds.
OEM provided and installed switches (required and/or optional):
1) PTO On/Off switch
2) Optional Switches
3) Transmission Neutral switch
4) Cruise Control Set/Resume
5) PTO Set/Resume
6) PTO Set Speed A
7) PTO Set Speed B
8) Torque Limit
9) Clutch Pedal Position Switch (for manual transmissions).
10) Service Brake Pedal Position
11) Ignore Brake/Clutch
1) PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle.
2) Individual switch inputs as necessary.
12.3.6 Fast Idle Switch
A momentary Fast Idle switch can be used to elevate and maintain up to two programmed engine rpm settings.
Pressing and releasing the switch once will cause the engine to ramp from Low idle to the programmed Fast Idle
RPM #1 (1000 rpm default). Pressing and releasing the switch while at Fast Idle #1 will cause the engine to ramp
to the programmed Fast Idle #2 at the programmed Idle/PTO Engine Speed Ramp Rate. If Fast Idle #2 is not
programmed, the engine will return to low idle. Fast Idle will be deactivated (kicked out) if the Service Brake or
Clutch is depressed. The transmission Neutral switch, when in Gear, will also cause the Fast Idle to deactivate.
G843-OR
H795-PK
6
5
P1 J1
INPUT #6
Two-Speed Axle On/Off Switch
Switch Shown in High Speed Range
ECM
Wiring Diagram 13 - Fast Idle Enable Switch and Fast Idle Enable Lamp Circuits
1) Fast Idle Enable Momentary Switch (N/O).
2) Fast Idle Enabled Lamp (optional)
1) Fast Idle Lamp parameter programmed to J1/P1: 31(default) or J1/P1:21. (optional)
2) Fast Idle RPM #1.
3) Fast Idle RPM #2 (optional).
12.3.7 Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch
The Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch is used to allow use of an engine set speed in mobile vehicle operations.
When the Ignore Brake/Clutch parameter is programmed to J1/P1: 47 and the switch is closed, PTO, Extended Idle
and Fast Idle features will ignore service brake and clutch switch inputs. If this switch is in the closed position when
the ECM is powered up, this switch function is ignored until the switch is cycled Off and ON.
12.3.8 Shutdown Override Switch (Mass Transit only)
The transit industry calls for an engine shut down override switch to allow the operator to override a critical engine
diagnostic induced engine shutdown. The purpose of the Shutdown Override Switch is to allow an operator to
override the impending engine shutdown to allow the operator to move the vehicle to a more safe location. This
feature is only available on C9 Mass Transit ratings.
Shutdown Override Operation
The Engine Monitoring System can be used to cause the engine to shut down when the engine has an active
diagnostic code for Very Low Engine Oil Pressure, Very low Coolant Level or Very High Engine Coolant
Temperature. When one of these Diagnostics is active, the Warning Lamp, or the dedicated lamps defined by
the Warning Lamp option of Option 1, will start to flash. The flashing lamp indicates that the engine power is
being derated and engine shutdown will occur within a few seconds.
If the Shutdown Override Switch has been closed before the Shutdown sequence has ended, a Shutdown Timer
will start to countdown from 30 seconds. If the Shutdown Override Switch is opened and closed again before the
engine has turned the fuel injectors Off, the timer will reset for another 30 seconds. Once the timer has counted
down to zero and the fuel injectors have been disabled, the engine will shut down regardless of the position of
the Shutdown Override Switch.
Initiating the Shutdown Override Timer will result in a Diagnostic Code being generated and logged into memory.
A Diagnostic Snapshot will also be generated. The logged diagnostic code will require Caterpillar Factory
Passwords to clear from the ECMs memory.
L902-GN
H795-PK
G880-PK
40
5
31
P1 J1
INPUT #18
OUTPUT #9
FAST IDLE ENABLE
FAST IDLE ENABLED LAMP
+
12V
- ECM
G880-PK 21 OUTPUT #8
Optional Fast Idle Enabled
Lamp Circuit
Wiring Diagram 14
12.3.9 A/C High Pressure Switch
The A/C High Pressure switch is used in conjunction with the ECM controlled Cooling Fan. This is a normally
closed switch and when opened, causes the ECM to engage the cooling fan.
12.3.10 Exhaust Brake Switch
The Exhaust Brake switch is used to allow the operator to enable or disable the engines exhaust retarder.
1) Exhaust Brake Switch
2) Exhaust Brake Switch programmed to J1/P1: 16
12.4 Switch-to-Battery Electrical Specifications
Contact plating should not corrode or oxidize. Gold plated or silver alloy contacts are recommended. Normal current
draw through the Input #12 and Input #13 by the control is 6.0 mA at 12 Volts DC. Normal current draw through the
Ignition Key Switch by the control is 1.2 mA at 12 Volts DC.
Contact chatter and momentary opening or closing should not exceed 100 milliseconds in duration. The switches
should not open or close due to vibration or shock normally found in the application.
Each of these ECM inputs is pulled to ground eliminating the need for external termination. Closure of an OEM
installed switch must short circuit the input to the vehicle positive battery connection.
12.4.1 Voltage thresholds measured at ECM:
Switch Open < 0.9 Volts DC With the switch contacts open, ground potential differences, switch voltage drops,
and wiring harness voltage drops, the ECM must detect less than 0.9 Volts DC between the control input and the
ECM negative battery connection.
Switch Closed > 9.0 Volts DC With the switch contacts closed, ground potential differences, switch voltage drops,
and wiring harness voltage drops, the ECM must detect a switch closure resulting in greater than 9.0 Volts DC
between the control input and the ECM negative battery connection.
Shutdown Override Switch
Switch Common
40
3
ECM
P1/J1
12.4.2 Switch-to-Battery Circuit Protection
These circuits do not require dedicated circuit protection.
12.4.3 Ignition Key Switch to Positive Battery
The Ignition Key Switch input is J1/P1: 70 and is not changeable. When the ECM detects the input is switched to
vehicle battery (Ignition Key Switch ON), the ECM will be powered. The ECM will then control the injectors allowing
the engine to start.
1) Switch to close when the ignition is ON.
12.4.4 Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 Function
Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 is required if the Transmission Style is programmed to Manual Option 2,
Universal, AT/MT/HT Option 2, AT/MT/HT Option 3, Automatic Option 2, or Automatic Option 3. Input #13 is used
as the Service Brake Position Switch #2 input. The Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1 (switch to ground) must
also be used.
This switch must be a short circuit to +Battery when the service brake pedal is depressed. The control will
deactivate Cruise Control, Cab Switches PTO, Fast Idle, or Extended Idle when the Service Brake Pedal Position
Switch #2 is ON. The Brake and Clutch Pedal Position Switches do not affect remote PTO. A change in state
(depressing a released pedal, or releasing a depressed pedal) of the Service Brake, during Driver Alert, while the
Idle Shutdown Timer is counting can also override the Idle Shutdown Timer, if the ECM is programmed to allow Idle
Shutdown Override.
Wiring Diagram 15
1) Switch to close when service brakes are applied.
1) Customer Parameter Transmission Style programmed to Manual Option 2, AT/MT/HT Option 2,
AT/MT/HT Option 3, Automatic Option 2, or Automatic Option 3.
12.4.5 Transmission Neutral Switch
The ECM can be configured to monitor the transmissions Neutral Switch. This switch is used to indicate when
an automatic transmission is in neutral. The neutral condition allows features such as Cab Switches PTO, Fast Idle,
and Extended Idle to be used. The switch is required if the Transmission Style Parameter is programmed to
AT/MT/HT Option 3, AT/MT/HT Option 4, Automatic Option 3, or Automatic Option 4.
L900-PU 64
P1 J1
INPUT #13
SERVICE BRAKE #2 PEDAL POSITION
+
12V
-
ECM
(PEDAL RELEASED POSITION)
Switch function Default Optional
Connection Connection(s)
Ignition Key Switch J1/P1: 70 None
Transmission Neutral J1/P1: 62 J1939
Service Brake #2 J1/P1: 64 None
A/C Fan Request (GMT560 Only) J1/P1: 62 None
Wiring Diagram 16
1) Switch to close when the transmission is in neutral.
1) Customer Parameter Transmission Style programmed to AT/MT/HT Option 3, AT/MT/HT Option 4,
Automatic Option 3, or Automatic Option 4.
2) Transmission Neutral Switch parameter programmed to J1/P1: 62.
12.4.5.1 Transmission Neutral Switch Status via J1939 Data Link
The ECM has the ability to receive Neutral Switch status information from a Transmission ECU capable of
broadcasting the status via the J1939 data link. The J1939 option can be used to replace the hardwired switch input
to the ECM. This option can only be used if the Transmission is capable of supporting the required J1939 message
protocol, such as an Allison 2000 Series Transmission. The OEM is responsible for making this determination.
The Transmission must support the J1939 PGN $F005 (ETC2 Byte 1 Selected Gear, Byte 4 Current Gear or
Byte 7 Current Range) message to be compatible. If the message is not received, the ECM will assume the
transmission to be In gear.
1) Electronically Controlled Transmission capable or supporting required J1939 message protocol.
1) Customer Parameter Transmission Style programmed to either AT/MT/HT Option 3, AT/MT/HT Option 4,
1) Transmission Neutral Switch parameter programmed to J1939 option.
12.4.5.2 Ignoring the Transmission Neutral Switch input.
The neutral switch is not normally used with manual transmissions. The ECM can also be configured to ignore the
neutral switch if an automatic transmission is used.
1) Transmission Style parameter programmed to Manual Option 1 or 2, AT/MT/HT Option 1, AT/MT/HT Option 2,
2) Transmission Neutral Switch parameter programmed to J1/P1:62 (default) hardwired option or None.
NOTE: Programming the Neutral Switch to None and the Transmission Style to Automatic option 3 (or 4) or AT/
MT/HT Option 3 (or 4) will cause the ECM to assume that the transmission is IN GEAR.
409-OR 62
P1 J1
INPUT #12
TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL SWITCH
+
12V
-
ECM
(IN GEAR POSITION)
13.0 Cruise Control
Cruise control operation is a standard feature and requires the following OEM installed switches: Cruise Control
ON/OFF, Set/Resume, and Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1. Depending on Transmission Style programming,
additional switches may be required. These would include the Clutch Pedal Position, Service Brake Pedal Position
Switch #2 and Neutral switches.
Wiring Diagram 17 - Typical Cruise Control Wiring Diagram
1) Cruise Control On/Off switch.
2) Vehicle speed source.
3) Service Brake Pedal Position Switch.
4) Set /Resume switch.
Optional Switch Inputs
1) Clutch Pedal Position Switch (Transmission Style programming dependent)
2) Transmission Neutral switch (Transmission Style programming dependent)
3) Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2 (Transmission Style programming dependent)
4) Cruise Pause Switch (J1939 Only)
1) Vehicle Speed Calibration.
2) Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit.
3) High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit.
4) Transmission Style.
13.1 Cruise Control Switches and Operation
Cruise Control will operate the same for either hard-wired switch inputs or J1939 based switch inputs.
13.1.1 Cruise Control On/Off Switch
When the On/Off switch input is toggled to the ON position (switch contacts closed) Cruise Control or Extended Idle
function is enabled.
C978-BR
C979-OR
C975-WH
C992-PU
C977-BU
H795-PK
35
44
59
45
22
5
P1 J1
SET
RESUME
CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
SET/RESUME
CRUISE CONTROL ON/OFF
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION
ECM
(CRUISE OFF POSITION)
(SET OFF POSITION)
(RESUME OFF POSITION)
13.1.2 Set/Resume Switch
The Set/Resume switch is normally a three-position switch biased to the Off position. The ECM inputs are
Customer programmable determining the Accel/Decel function of the Set and the Resume input. The factory default
is Set/Accel and Resume/Decel.
The Set/Resume switch is normally a three-position switch biased to the off (center) position. The Customer
Programmable parameter Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration is used to determine which switch contact is
associated with accelerate and decelerate functions. The default is Set/Accelerate and Resume/Decelerate.
13.1.3 Switch Function/Interaction for Cruise Control
Cruise Control requires that the vehicle speed be within the programmed Low and High Cruise Set Speed Limits.
The Cruise Control Set speed may only be established between these limits. The set speed is the vehicle speed
that the engine will attempt to maintain while normal cruise control conditions are met. The switches used with the
Service Brake, Clutch, Pause and transmission neutral can deactivate (kick out) Cruise Control.
With the Cruise Control On/Off switch on, toggling (turning the switch On for less than 0ne second) the Set Switch
or the Resume Switch will cause the Cruise Control Vehicle Set Speed to be equal to the present vehicle speed.
This set speed will remain as the Cruise Control Vehicle Speed until a new set speed is established or the
ignition switch is turned off.
With a set speed established, the vehicle set speed may be bumped (increased or decreased) by toggling the
Set or the Resume switches. A Bump means that the Set or Resume switch is closed for less than one second.
The increase or decrease of the vehicle set speed will be one mph for every bump.
With a set speed established, the vehicle speed may be ramped (increased or decreased) by holding either the
Set or Resume switch closed for more than 1.5 seconds. The vehicle set speed will change by one mph/sec while
the switch is closed. When the switch is released, the actual vehicle speed will become the new vehicle set speed.
With a set speed established and Cruise Control actively maintaining vehicle speed, the cab throttle may be used
to increase vehicle speed. To make this vehicle speed the new set speed, the Set switch must be closed for at
least two and one half seconds to establish a new set speed.
With a set speed established but Cruise Control has been disabled or kicked out the Resume Switch can be
toggled to reactivate Cruise Control. This includes the Cruise On/Off switch as a reason for the kick out. Once
reactivated, the existing set speed will be resumed and the engine will recover to the set speed.
With a set speed established but Cruise Control has been disabled or kicked out the Set Switch can be toggled
to increase (or decrease depending on the configuration of the Set/Accel Resume/Decel parameter) the current
Cruise Control set speed. The speed that the vehicle is currently traveling will not be established as a new set
speed until the Set Switch is held down for more than two and one half seconds.
14.0 Idle Functions
14.1 Smart Idle
The Battery Monitor and Engine Control Voltage parameter is used to determine when the Battery Monitor and
Engine Speed Control System will automatically elevate engine idle to the engine RPM specified in the Battery
Monitor & Low Idle Engine Speed parameter in order to maintain ideal battery system voltage. This feature is used
to promote additional battery life. The engine idle will only be increased if the vehicle is stopped, the transmission
is out of gear and neither the clutch nor the brake pedal are depressed. If these conditions are not met, the engine
idle will not be adjusted. This feature will not function when the engine is operating in dedicated PTO mode
(PTO On/Off switch in the ON position). The recommended setting is 12.2 Volts for a 12 Volt system, and 24.5 Volts
for a 24 Volt system. The engine will stay at this idle speed for 5 minutes (unless interrupted). At the end of 5 minutes
the engine will return to low idle or a previously established elevated idle speed. If the battery voltage is still below
the programmed trip point the engine will return to the programmed Smart Idle speed for another 5 minutes.
NOTE: This feature requires the installation of a Neutral Switch (J1/P1: 62 or the SAE J1939 based input message)
if the Transmission Style parameter is programmed to AT/MT/HT Option 3, or AT/MT/HT Option 4.
14.2 Extended Idle
Cruise Control switch inputs can be used to control the engine idle speed in Extended Idle mode. Extended Idle
is available if the engine is not in Cold Mode, Smart Idle (battery voltage induced) is not engaged, Fast Idle is not
enabled, the PTO ON/OFF Switch is not ON, Service Brake or Clutch is not depressed, transmission is not in gear,
Cruise Pause Switch is not On and the vehicle speed is not equal to or exceeding the programmable Idle Vehicle
Speed Limit.
Note: Some switch inputs are programming dependent.
With conditions met for Extended idle, and the Cruise Control On/Off switch is in the ON position, the engine rpm
may be bumped or ramped by using the Cruise Control Set/Resume switch inputs. The amount of engine rpm
change for a bump is determined by the Idle/PTO RPM Bump Rate parameter. The Idle/PTO Bump RPM Rate
is programmable from 5 to 1000 RPM (default is 20 RPM). The engine rpm ramp value is determined by the
Idle/PTO Engine Speed Ramp Rate parameter. The Idle/PTO Engine Speed Ramp Rate parameter is programmable
from 5 to 1000 RPM/sec (default is 50 RPM/sec). When the engine speed is bumped the engine will ramp to the
new rpm at the programmed ramp rate.
The Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration parameter programming will determine the direction of the engine rpm
bump or ramp. When programmed to Set/Accel Resume /Decel, the engine rpm will increase with the Set switch
and Decrease with the Resume Switch. When programmed to Set/Decel Resume /Accel, the engine rpm will
decrease with the Set switch and increase with the Resume Switch.
Pressing and then releasing the Set Switch or the Resume Switch will establish the current engine rpm as the idle
set speed. The set rpm may be established at any engine speed from the programmed Low Idle to the programmed
Idle RPM Limit. Once an idle speed has been set, the engine speed may be bumped or ramped using the
Set/Resume switches. Pressing and holding the Set or Resume switch will establish the engines current rpm as the
set rpm and then after 1 second the engine will ramp at the programmed rate in the direction of the programmed
setting for Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration. The last idle set rpm will stay in the ECMs memory until the key
switch has been turned Off.
With a set idle rpm, pressing an holding the (Set or Resume) /Accel Switch for less than one second will cause
the engine rpm to bump or increase by the programmed Idle/PTO Bump RPM value. This bump process can be
repeated until the engine reaches the programmed Idle RPM Limit.
With a set idle rpm, pressing an holding the (Set or Resume) /Decel Switch for less than one second will cause
the engine rpm to bump or decrease by the programmed Idle/PTO Bump RPM value. This bump process can
be repeated until the engine reaches the programmed Low Idle.
With a set idle rpm, pressing and holding the Set or Resume switch for more than one second will cause the
engine to ramp at the programmed rate in the direction of the programmed setting for Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch
Configuration. The engine rpm will ramp as long as the switch is held or until the engine reaches the programmed
Idle RPM Limit or the programmed Low Idle. Releasing the Set or Resume switch while the engine rpm is ramping
will establish the current engine rpm as the new set rpm.
If the Extended Idle has been disabled or kicked out, the set rpm is still in memory. Once the condition for
Kickout no longer exists, pressing and releasing the Resume Switch will cause the engine rpm to ramp to the
set rpm.
14.2.1 Extended Idle kick outs
Extended Idle may be deactivated or kicked out by a variety of switch inputs and by exceeding the programmable
vehicle speed limit. When Kicked Out, the set rpm remains in memory but the engine will return to the programmed
low idle rpm. Pressing on the Service Brake or Clutch, shifting the transmission into gear, turning the PTO Switch
On or by turning the Pause Switch On, can kick out Extended Idle.
If the vehicle operation requires that the Service Brake and Clutch switches be used while the engine is in Elevated
Idle mode, the Ignore Brake/Clutch switch input can be used. With this switch enabled, the Service Brake and
Clutch may be used to control the vehicle speed while the Extended Idle is Active.
In the following table, an L means the input can return the engine to low idle from a set speed, a A means the
input can adjust engine rpm, and P means the input function is programmable to a limit.
1) Cruise Control Switches
2) Service Brake Switch #1
3) Clutch, Service Brake #2 and Neutral switches are transmission style dependent
1) Idle Vehicle Speed Limit (1 15 mph)
2) Idle RPM Limit (700 2640 RPM)
3) Idle PTO Ramp Rate (5 1000 RPM/s)
4) Idle Bump Rate (5 1000 RPM)
ECM Input Result
Cruise On/Off L
Cruise Set A
Cruise Resume A
Cruise Pause L
Service Break L
Clutch L
Neutral L
Fast Idle A
Idle Vehicle Speed Limit L
Throttle A
15.0 J1939 Based Switch Messages
The Powertrain Data Link parameter must be programmed to J1939 before the ECM will respond to messages
received from the J1939 data link. Individual switch input parameters must be programmed to receive messages
from either the Cab Controller (source address 49, $31), the Body Controller (source address 33, $21) or the
Instrument Cluster (source address 23, $17). All programmed switch inputs require that the status of the switch
be broadcast as On or Off when the key switch is On. Not broadcasting a switch status message will result in a
diagnostic code to be active and the Check Engine lamp will be enabled.
15.1 Cruise Switch Inputs
Cruise Switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 4, bits 4,3 is set to 01)
The Cruise switch will allow enabling cruise control, if turned on and will deactivate (kickout) cruise control
if switched off. The switch must be in the On position to activate cruise control.
15.1.2 Cruise Control Set Switch
Set Switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 5, bits 2,1 set to 01)
As long as the Cruise switch is Off the Set switch has no functionality for the cruise feature. If the Cruise On/Off
switch is on and all other conditions are met (Veh spd, Clutch, Brake, Neutral, Cruise Pause) an On/Off transition
of the Set switch will activate cruise and set the cruise target speed to the actual vehicle speed. As long as Cruise
stays active, any other On/Off, Off/On or hold transition of the Set switch will be ignored. The Set switch is only used
to activate Cruise, set the current veh spd = cruise target speed and enable the Accel and Decel switch.
15.1.3 Cruise Control Resume Switch
Resume switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 5, bits 6,5 set to 01)
As long as the Cruise switch is Off the Resume switch has no functionality for the cruise feature. If the Cruise
On/Off switch is on and all other conditions are met (Veh spd, Clutch, Brake, Neutral, Cruise Pause) an On/Off
transition of the Resume switch will activate cruise. If, since the last ECM power up, cruise control was never active
and the Resume switch goes from On/Off, the cruise target speed will be set to the actual veh spd. But if Cruise
was active before, the Cruise Target Speed will be set to the last Cruise Set Speed, which will be lost during an
ECM power cycle. As long as Cruise stays active, any other On/Off, Off/On or hold transition of the resume switch
will be ignored. The Resume switch is only used to activate Cruise, set the old set speed = cruise target speed,
if not 0, and enable the Accel and Decel switch.
15.1.4 Cruise Control Accel Switch
Accel switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 5, bits 8,7 set to 01)
As long as the Cruise switch is Off and cruise is not active (by Set or Resume), the Accel switch has no functionality
for the cruise feature. If cruise is active (Cruise on, Set or Resume On/Off transition, all other conditions are met
Veh spd, Clutch, Brake, Neutral, Cruise Pause), an Off/On transition of the Accel switch, which lasts longer (ON)
than 1.26 seconds (Hold), will cause the cruise target speed to ramp UP, by a fixed ramp rate. When the Accel
switch is released (On/Off) the cruise target speed will be set to the current veh spd. If the holding time after the
Off/On transition is shorter than 1.26 seconds (Bump), then the cruise target speed will be INCREASED by 1 mph
(1.6 km/h). The Resume or Set switch must be On to enable the Accel or Decel switch function.
NOTE: The Accel switch is not dependent on the Cruise/Idle/PTO switch configuration parameter.
15.1.5 Cruise Control Decel Switch
Decel switch (PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 5, bits 4,3 set to 01)
As long as the Cruise switch is Off and cruise is not active (by Set or Resume), the Decel switch has no functionality
for the cruise feature. If Cruise is active (Cruise on, Set or Resume On/Off transition, all other conditions are met
Veh spd, Clutch, Brake, Neutral, Cruise Pause), an Off/On transition of the Decel switch, which lasts longer (ON)
than 1.26 seconds (Hold) will cause the cruise target speed to ramp DOWN, by a fixed ramp rate. When the Decel
switch is released (On/Off) the cruise target speed will be set to the current veh spd. If the holding time after the
Off/On transition is shorter than 1 second (Bump), then the cruise target speed will be DECREASED by 1 mph
(1.6 km/h). The Resume or Set switch must be On to enable the Accel or Decel switch function.
NOTE: The Decel switch is not dependent on the Cruise/Idle/PTO switch configuration parameter.
Priority
Set has a higher priority than Resume if both switch inputs are received at the same time.
Accel has a higher priority than Decel if both switch inputs are received at the same time.
15.1.6 Cruise Pause Switch
PGN (65265 ($FEF1) Byte 1, bits 6,5 set to 01) (J1939 input only)
The Cruise Pause switch will disable (kick out) cruise control (if active) and will prevent Cruise from being engaged
if the switch is turned. The switch is independent from the Ignore Brake/Clutch switch status and it will not affect any
timer functionality (Idle Shutdown and PTO Shutdown). This switch will act like the service brake or clutch switches
can cause PTO or Extended Idle to kick out. If in the ON position, this switch will prevent the engine from entering
into PTO mode or Extended Idle.
15.2 Service Brake Switch
(PGN 65265 ($FEF1) Byte 4 Bits 6,5)
The Service Brake Switch input will respond to an Off to On transition and the ECM will respond the same as to
hardwired switch inputs. This includes all features that respond to the Service Brake Switch #1 input (Cruise Control,
Extended Idle, PTO, exhaust brake, etc.).
15.3 Clutch Switch
The Clutch switch input will respond to an OFF to ON transition and the ECM will respond the same as to
hardwired switch inputs. This includes all functions that respond to the Clutch Switch input (Cruise Control,
Extended Idle, PTO, exhaust brake, etc.).
15.4 Fan Override Switch
(PGN 65213 ($E000) Byte 1 Bits 8-1)
The Fan Override Switch may be programmed to None (Default), J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body Controller or
J1939 Instrument Cluster. When the received message => 95.2% (switch ON), the ECM will turn J1/P1: 11 OFF
which will turn the fan ON. When the received message <= 94.8%, the ECM will control the fan according to engine
conditions.
The ECM will also support the Fan Override Switch message when broadcast from the transmission.
The transmission may require that the fan be engaged to cool the transmission fluid during vehicle
operating conditions that result in high transmission loads.
15.5 Exhaust Brake Switch
(PGN 61441 ($F001) Byte 5 Bits 8-1)
Exhaust Brake Switch may be programmed to None (Default), J1/P1: 16, J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body
Controller or J1939 Instrument Cluster. When programmed to one of the J1939 inputs the received message
must be => 95.2%, before the Engine Exhaust Brake can be enabled.
15.6 Engine Diagnostic Switch
Engine Diagnostic Switch may be programmed to None (Default), J1/P1: 46, J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Body
Controller or J1939 Instrument Cluster. When programmed to one of the J1939 inputs and the ECM receives an
On/ Off message transition, the ECM will enter into Diagnostic Mode and will cause the hardwired Check Engine
Lamp to flash active Error codes.
15.7 Transmission Neutral Switch
The Transmission must support the J1939 PGN $F005 (ETC2 Byte 1 Selected Gear, Byte 4 Current Gear
or Byte 7 Current Range) message to be compatible. Selected gear and Actual Gear must be 0 when the
transmission is in Neutral. If the message is not received, the ECM will assume the transmission to be in gear.
16.0 Dedicated PTO Operation
PTO operation is very flexible and can be programmed to take advantage of a variety of switch and throttle input
options. Engine speed can be controlled to maintain a Set Speed from Low to High Idle. There are programmable
set points and limits for engine RPM. There are programmable Kickout limits that can be set to return the engine
to Low idle when those limits are exceeded. There are also outputs that can be used to enhance PTO operation.
There are four programmable PTO Configurations available:
1) Off
2) Cab Switches
3) Remote Switches
4) Remote Throttle
The PTO features are designed to provide functional capability to cover most typical applications: Bulk Hauler,
Cement Mixers, Fire Truck, Refuse Packers, Bucker Trucks, etc.
A variety of inputs allow the OEM or body-builder to add the necessary switches and/or accelerator pedal sensor,
which will reduce the amount of splicing and disturbance of the cab wiring.
Caterpillar recommends the OEM provide an access connector in an easily accessible location to aid the body
builder in installation of these features.
16.1 Input Electrical Specifications
Caterpillar requires all switches, and all components used in these circuits to meet the specifications as outlined in
this document. Electrical specifications for the remote accelerator pedal position sensor are described in Section 6
of this document.
16.2 Sensor Common for PTO Applications
ECM Vehicle Harness Connector J1/P1: 3 (Input Sensor Common #2) is designated as the Sensor Common
connection for PTO additions. Caterpillar recommends this connection be reserved for components connected to
the engine to control engine speed for PTO applications only. In the event that additional sensor or switch returns
are required, the PTO components can also be connected to J1/P1: 18 (Input Sensor Common #1) or J1/P1: 5
(AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common) if desired. Devices that do not interface with the ECM Must Not be connected
to these common connections.
16.3 PTO On/Off Switch Operation
Whenever this switch is cycled to the ON position, PTO operation is assumed. If the engine is started with this
switch closed, the engine will be in PTO mode, but not active until the operator toggles a PTO related switch.
The PTO On/Off switch is connected to J1/P1: 56.
16.4 PTO Switch On Lamp
The ECM provides a lamp driver output on J1/P1: 30. When the Customer Parameter PTO Switch On Lamp is
programmed to J12/P1: 30 (default is None) and the PTO Switch is closed, the lamp will turn On. J1/P1: 30 is a
low side driver. This lamp should be located where the operator will see it. For remote PTO applications, a cab and
remote lamp should be installed This lamp will flash when the PTO Timer is within the 90 seconds of shutting the
engine down. If another feature is using this output (Change Oil Lamp or Warning Lamp Option 1) then a lamp can
be wired to a multiple pole PTO ON/OFF switch.
Wiring Diagram 18 - Optional PTO On Lamp circuit
16.5 PTO Active Output
The PTO Active Output parameter is available for controlling an output when the engine is actively in PTO Mode.
Active means that PTO is enabled and is actively controlling engine speed. This battery voltage output is available
at J1/P1: 19 when PTO Active Output is programmed to J1/P1: 19 (default is None). This High Side Driver has a
current capability of up to 1.0 Amperes.
Wiring Diagram 19 - PTO Active Output Circuit
16.6 PTO Engine Shutdown Switch
A PTO Engine Shutdown Switch input is available for shutting down the engine while in PTO Mode. Several
conditions must be met before the engine will shut down.
1) The customer parameter PTO configuration has been programmed to either Cab Switches, Remote Switches
or Remote Throttle, and
2) If: PTO Engine Shutdown Switch has been programmed to either J1 PIN 7 or PIN 23, and
3) If: PTO Switch is in the ON (input grounded) position and PTO is active, and
4) If: PTO Engine Shutdown Switch is in the ON (input floating) position for 120 milliseconds, and
5) If: PTO Engine Shutdown Short Circuit (186-04) is not active, and
6) If: Vehicle Speed = zero and vehicle speed fault is not active
If the vehicle speed is not equal to zero or if there is an active vehicle speed fault, the engine will go to Low Idle.
The engine will not shut down when the vehicle speed returns to zero. The ECM will log an Emergency PTO
Shutdown Event when the PTO Engine Shutdown Switch is pressed.
19 OUTPUT #6
G838-BR
OEM Supplied Relay/Solenoid
ECM
P1 J1
3
56
P1 J1
INPUT #1
INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2
PTO ON/OFF
ECM
K999-GN
993-BR
+
12V
-
PTO INTERLOCK
(PTO OFF POSITION)
Wiring Diagram 20 - PTO Engine Shutdown Circuit
1) Two Pole switch used for a PTO mode ON Switch
2) Mushroom type Emergency Shutdown Switch. This switch must be a non-spring returned, Push to Trip type
of switch requiring the mushroom button to be pulled or twisted in order to be reset.
1) None
16.7 Maximum PTO Enable Speed
The Maximum PTO Enable Speed parameter may be programmed to prevent the engine from entering PTO mode
when the engine RPM is too high. The engine will not be in PTO mode, the PTO Active Output will remain OFF and
the PTO On Lamp will FLASH until the engine RPM is at or below the programmed limit. With the PTO mode On
Switch in the ON position, once the engine drops below this limit the engine will enter PTO mode. Once in PTO
mode all the applicable PTO settings and features will apply.
16.8 PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit
The PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit parameter may be used to cause the ECM to kickout of PTO mode when
this vehicle speed limit is exceeded. Kicking out of PTO mode will return the engine to normal cab controls.
16.9 Maximum Vehicle Speed in PTO Mode
The Maximum Vehicle Speed in PTO Mode parameter may be programmed to limit the vehicle speed while in
PTO mode. Increasing vehicle speed past this limit will result in the engine speed being reduced in order to
maintain the programmed PTO mode vehicle speed limit.
16.10 PTO Activates Cooling Fan
PTO Activates Cooling Fan is a parameter that is programmable to Normal (default) or Continuous. This parameter
requires use of the ECM cooling fan circuit. The ECM will signal the cooling fan to continuous operation when the
PTO On/Off circuit is ON to reduce changes in load while being used for dedicated PTO applications. Setting this
parameter to Normal (default) indicates the fan will operate the same (dependent upon coolant temperature, etc.)
with the PTO On/Off circuit ON or OFF. PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote
Switches, or Remote Throttle before this parameter can be programmed. The Fan Control Type parameter must
not be programmed None.
30
56
3
P1 J1
OUTPUT #1
INPUT #1
ECM
+
12V
-
23
PTO Engine Shutdown Switch
INPUT#19
PTO Engine Interlock
PTO ON/OFF
(PTO OFF POSITION)
K998-BU
K999-GN
993-BR
E489-PK
16.11 PTO Output Activation Speed
PTO Output Activation Speed allows the customer/operator the ability to engage PTO, using the PTO Active
Output, at a desired engine speed. The engine will ramp to the desired programmed speed before the PTO Active
Output is turned ON. Once engine speed has reached the programmed value 100 rpm, the PTO Active Output
will be turned ON. This feature allows easier engine operation for applications where PTO load dump is high.
This feature is designed to work in conjunction with PTO Applications utilizing the PTO Active Output feature of the
engine. PTO Active Output is covered in section 16.5 of this chapter.
This feature is only available on Emergency Vehicle Horsepower ratings.
16.12 PTO Interlocks
The switches labeled PTO Interlock in the wiring diagrams are redundant switches and should be added to
insure the engine is put in PTO mode only when the vehicle is ready and prepared for PTO operation. It is the
responsibility of the OEM (or Body Builder) to determine which interlocks are required for their particular application.
16.13 PTO Customer Access Connector
Caterpillar recommends that the OEM provide an access connector for those chassis frequently used in vocational
applications. This connector should provide wiring from the ECM to a connector that is easily located and identified
on the vehicle. Caterpillar recommends the circuits listed in the following table be provided at this connector.
Additional circuits such as positive and negative battery connections should also be considered but these circuits
must be separate from the ECM battery circuits.
PTO Access Connector Recommendations
PTO On/Off J1/P1: 56
PTO Set J1/P1: 58
PTO Resume J1/P1: 60
PTO Shutdown J1/P1: 7
PTO Throttle Signal J1/P1: 68
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A J1/P1: 46
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B J1/P1: 23
Switch/Sensor Common #2 J1/P1: 3
PTO On Lamp J1/P1: 30
PTO Active Output J1/P1: 19
16.14 PTO Configurations
The following table outlines the operating differences for each of the PTO Configurations. The table shows each
inputs affect on the engine rpm when the PTO On/Off switch is ON for each configuration. For the following table,
an L means the input can return the engine to low idle from a set speed, a A means the input can adjust engine
rpm. Limits can be established for elevated idle speeds.
Note: The Service Brake includes Switch #1 and Switch #2 (Switch #2 is transmission style dependent)
PTO Configuration
Input Cab Switches Remote Switches Remote Throttle
Cruise Set A N/A N/A
Cruise Resume A N/A N/A
Cruise Pause L L L
Cab Throttle A N/A N/A
Remote Throttle N/A A A
Service Brake L N/A N/A
Clutch L N/A N/A
Neutral L N/A N/A
PTO Set N/A A A
PTO Resume N/A A A
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A A A A
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B A A A
16.14.1 PTO Configuration Cab Switches
The Cab Switches Configuration utilizes a dedicated PTO On/Off circuit (J1/P1: 56), the Cruise Control
Set/Resume switch inputs and the Cab throttle. This configuration interacts with the Service Brake, Clutch, Cruise
Pause and the transmissions Neutral Switch. The Cruise Control Set/Resume switches can be used to Bump and
Ramp engine speed if PTO Engine RPM Set Speed is not programmed.
Wiring Diagram 21 - Typical Cab Switches wiring Diagrams
Wiring Diagram 22 - Typical Cab Switches wiring Diagrams
30
35
44
46
23
5
3
56
P1 J1
OUTPUT #1
SET
RESUME
INPUT #7
INPUT #19 *
AP SENSOR / SWITCH SENSOR COMMON
INPUT #1
PTO ON/OFF SWITCH
ECM
+
12V
-
NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE USED IN PLACE
OF INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)
* Input is selectable through Customer Parameter Programming
K998-BU
C978-BR
C979-OR
G844-PK
M990-OR
H795-PK
993-BR
K999-GN
CRUISE CONTROL
SET/RESUME SWITCH
PTO
INTERLOCK
PTO ENGINE RPM
SET SPEED A SWITCH
PTO SWITCH
ON LAMP
PTO ENGINE RPM
SET SPEED B SWITCH
30
35
44
45
22
5
56
3
47
18
7
P1 J1
OUTPUT #1
SET
RESUME
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
INPUT #1
INPUT #5
INPUT #4
SET/RESUME
PTO SWITCH ON LAMP
PTO ON/OFF PTO INTERLOCK
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL POSITION
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION
ECM
(PTO OFF POSITION)
(SET OFF POSITION)
K998-BU
C978-BR
C979-OR
C992-PU
C977-BU
H795-PK
K999-GN
993-BR
G842-GY
L901-GY
G841-GN
+
12V
-
TORQUE LIMIT SWITCH
(TORQUE LIMIT OFF POSITION)
IGNORE BRAKE/CLUTCH SWITCH
(MONITOR BRAKE/CLUTCH POSITION)
Parameter Setting Result
PTO Configuration Cab Switches Engine responds to the Cab Throttle, Cruise Control
Set/Resume, Cruise Pause, service brake, clutch and
Neutral Switches
PTO Top Engine Limit 1200 RPM Limits engine to 1200 RPM while in PTO mode
PTO Engine RPM 1000 RPM If Go To Set Speed is programmed to Yes, engine will
Set Speed ramp to 1000 RPM when the PTO switch is closed.
If Go To Set Speed is programmed to No,
Toggling the Set/Accelerate Switch will cause the engine
to ramp to 1000 RPM.
Toggling the Set/Accelerate switch a second time will
cause the engine to go to PTO TEL.
Toggling the Resume/Decelerate Switch from PTO TEL
will cause the engine to drop to 1000 RPM
Toggling the Resume/Decelerate switch a second time
will cause the engine to go to Low Idle.
PTO Engine RPM 1200 RPM Engine ramps to 1200 RPM when switch is closed.
Set Speed A
Overrides Set Speed B.
Overrides cab throttle/set speed
PTO Engine RPM 1000 RPM Engine ramps to 1000 RPM when switch is
Set Speed B closed and Switch For Set Speed A is open.
Overrides Cab Throttle/set speed
PTO To Set Speed Yes Enables the engine to go to the programmed Set Speed
with PTO Switch On.
PTO Kickout Vehicle 2 mph Vehicle speed where vehicle speed kicks out PTO,
Speed Limit returning the engine to low idle and control to cab throttle.
PTO Cab Low Idle Cab throttle is limited to Low Idle
Throttle Limit
Torque Limit 200 NM When the Torque Limit Switch is closed, the engine
torque will be limited to 200 NM.
PTO Shutdown Time 3 minutes The engine shuts down after PTO Mode has been active
for 3 minutes.
PTO Activates Yes When the PTO switch is On, the ECM controlled
Cooling Fan cooling fan will be On.
Max PTO 20 mph When PTO is Active, exceeding this vehicle speed will
Vehicle Speed cause the engine RPM to lower in an attempt to maintain
20 mph.
Maximum PTO 1000 RPM Engine will not enter into PTO mode until engine
Enable Speed RPM drops to or is less than 1000 RPM.
Ignore Brake, Clutch, J1/P1: 47 With switch closed, the engine will NOT Kickout of a
Transmission Set Speed when one of the switches is activated.
Switch Input
PTO Switch On lamp J1/P1: 30 Output will turn On when the PTO Switch is On
PTO Active Output J1/P1: 19 Output will turn On when PTO is On and Active.
Configuration
16.14.2 Cab Switches Programmable Options
The following list includes all of the programmable options available for the PTO Configuration Cab Switches:
1) Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration determines the function of the Set and Resume inputs when held in
position or toggled. The two options are Set-Accel, Resume Decel or Set -Decel, Resume-Accel. This applies
to cruise control, idle, and PTO modes of operation. If any PTO Engine RPM Set Speeds are programmed, the
Set switch is an RPM increase switch and Resume is an RPM decrease switch for PTO.
2) Cruise Control Pause Switch Configuration If programmed to J1939 Body Controller, Instrument Cluster
or Cab Controller this switch will act like the service brake or clutch switches for causing the PTO Mode to
kickout. If in the ON position, this switch will prevent the engine from entering into PTO mode. There is no
programmable parameter for ignoring this switch.
3) PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit determines the vehicle speed operating range of the PTO inputs. If vehicle
speed exceeds this limit the engine will either not allow an engine speed to be set, or disengage a set PTO
speed. The PTO On/Off circuit has priority over Cruise Control On/Off and Fast Idle. A Vehicle Speed Input
must be installed for this feature to function properly.
4) Ignore Brake/Clutch/Neutral Switch allows the PTO mode to ignore the brake, clutch and neutral switch
inputs and not kickout of PTO mode if any of the switches are activated. The Ignore Brake/Clutch/Neutral
Switch input must be programmed to and installed at J1/P1: 47.
5) Maximum Vehicle Speed in PTO Mode may be programmed to limit the vehicle speed while in PTO mode.
Increasing vehicle speed past this limit will result in the engine being derated to maintain the programmed
PTO mode vehicle speed limit. A Vehicle Speed Input must be installed for this feature to function properly.
6) Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate determines the rate of engine speed acceleration/deceleration for the Resume,
Accel, and Decel operation. Applies to both PTO and Idle engine speed control.
7) Idle/PTO Bump RPM determines the amount of rpm increase/decrease when the Set/Resume switch is
toggled in the Accel/Decel position. If a PTO Engine RPM Set Speed has been programmed this parameter
applies to Idle only, where engine speed is set using the cruise control On/Off circuit. If PTO Engine RPM Set
Speed has not been programmed this parameter applies to engine speed control using the cruise control
On/Off and PTO On/Off circuit.
8) PTO Top Engine Limit Top RPM Limit of the engine when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
For applications requiring one PTO engine speed above low idle this parameter should be programmed to the same
value as the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed parameter.
For operation limiting PTO engine speed to two engine speeds above low idle with a toggle adjustment switch this
parameter can be programmed to the top or second engine speed.
9) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed program this parameter only if one or two specific engine speed points above
low idle are desired. The programmed low idle and PTO Top Engine Limit bound this parameter.
Program this parameter above low idle but less than the PTO Top Engine limit to get three discrete engine speeds.
With the PTO circuit ON, toggling the Set switch once advances engine speed to this programmed value. Toggle the
Set switch again and the engine speed proceeds to the PTO Top Engine Limit. Toggle the Resume switch and the
engine speed is reduced to the programmed Set Speed. Toggle the Resume switch again to return the engine to
Low Idle.
Program this parameter to the same RPM as the PTO Top Engine Limit if only two discrete engine speeds
are desired.
10) PTO to Set Speed program this parameter only if the application requires the engine speed to ramp up to the
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed whenever the PTO On/Off circuit is turned ON.
11) PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit program this parameter if the operation requires limiting engine speed to
protect equipment. If programmed to Low Idle, this parameter has the affect of ignoring/disabling the
accelerator pedal position sensor when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
If programmed to PTO TEL the accelerator pedal position sensor can be used to control the engine speed up to the
programmed PTO TEL when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
12) Torque Limit program this parameter to a value established by the system limits for operation when a lower
than rated torque limit is desired to protect equipment used for PTO operation. This limit applies whenever the
Torque Limit switch is ON.
13) Torque Limit Switch must be programmed to J1/P1: 7 or J1/P1:23 and a switch must be installed
corresponding to the programmed ECM terminal input for the Torque Limit option to work.
14) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can
be attained by turning on a dedicated switch during PTO operation. PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A must
be programmed to J1/P1:46 (Input #7) and an additional switch installed for this feature to function.
15) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be
attained by turning on a dedicated switch during PTO operation. PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B must
be programmed to J1/P1:7 or J1/ P1:23 (Input #4 or Input #19) and an additional switch installed for this
feature to function.
16) PTO Shutdown Time This parameter is programmable between 3 to 1440 minutes (a value of 0 turns this
feature Off). This parameter sets the duration of time (in minutes) that engine will operate, with the PTO On/Off
circuit ON and no vehicle speed present, before shutting down.
17) PTO Activates Cooling Fan This parameter determines if the engine cooling fan is on normally or Continuous
while in PTO Mode. The Fan Control Type parameter must be programmed to other than None.
18) Transmission Neutral Switch This parameter must be programmed to J1/P1:62 or J1939 if the Transmission
Style parameter is programmed to Automatic Option 3, Automatic Option 4, AT/MT/HT Option 3 or AT/MT/HT
Option 4.
16.14.3 Remote Switches
The Remote Switches Configuration utilizes a dedicated PTO On/Off circuit (J1/P1: 56) and dedicated PTO Set
(J1/P1: 58) and PTO Resume (J1/P1: 60) switch inputs. Two PTO Switch On Lamps are recommended. One in
the operator station and one at the Remote PTO control location. The ECM will ignore the Cab controls (Cruise
Switches, service brake, etc.) when PTO is On. The PTO Set/Resume switches can be used to Bump and Ramp
engine speed if the PTO Engine Set Speed is not programmed.
Wiring Diagram 23
+
12V
-
K998-BU
K980-PK
K982-YL
993-BR
K999-GN
30
58
60
3
56
P1 J1
OUTPUT #1
INPUT #2
INPUT #3
INPUT #1
PTO SET/RESUME
ECM
(PTO OFF POSITION)
(SET OFF POSITION)
CAB PTO SWITCH
ON LAMP
REMOTE PTO
SWITCH ON LAMP
NOTE: INPUT SENSOR COMMON #1 (TERMINAL-18) MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF
INPUT SENSOR COMMON #2 (TERMINAL-3)
PTO Configuration Remote Engine ignores the Cab Throttle, Cruise Control
Switches Set/Resume, Cruise Pause, service brake, clutch and
Neutral Switches.
PTO Engine RPM 1000 RPM If Go To Set Speed is programmed to Yes, engine will
Set Speed ramp to 1000 RPM when the PTO switch is closed.
If Go To Set Speed is programmed to No,
Toggling the PTO Set Switch will cause the engine
to ramp to 1000 RPM.
Toggling the PTO Set switch a second time with the
engine at 1000 RPM will cause the engine to go to
PTOTEL.
Toggling the PTO Resume Switch at PTO TEL will cause
the engine to drop to 1000 RPM
Toggling the PTO Resume switch a second time will
cause the engine to go to Low Idle.
Set Speed A
Overrides existing Set Speed
PTO Engine RPM 1000 RPM Engine ramps to 1000 RPM when switch is closed and
Set Speed B Switch For Set Speed A is open.
PTO To Set Speed Yes Enables the engine to go to the programmed Set Speed
with PTO Switch On.
Speed Limit returning the engine to low idle.
PTO Cab Throttle Limit Unavailable Ignored
torque will be limited to 200 NM
for 3 minutes.
PTO Activates Yes When the PTO switch is On, the ECM controlled
Cooling Fan cooling fan will be On.
Max PTO 20 mph When PTO is Active, exceeding this vehicle speed will
Vehicle Speed cause the engine RPM to lower in an attempt to maintain
20 mph.
Maximum PTO 1000 RPM Engine will not enter into PTO mode until engine RPM
Enable Speed drops to or is less than 1000 RPM.
Ignore Brake, Clutch, Unavailable Unavailable
Transmission
Switch Input
Configuration
16.14.4 Remote Switches Programmable Options
The following list includes all of the programmable options available for the PTO Configuration Remote Switches.
The options listed below are nearly identical to those for the Cab Switches Configuration. Differences include: the
disabling of ECM response to all cab inputs (Cruise Control On/Off, Set/Resume, accelerator pedal position sensor,
service brake pedal position, transmission neutral, and clutch pedal position switches) when the PTO On/ Off circuit
is ON.
1) Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration only affects Remote Switches if a Remote Set and Remote Resume
are installed, and PTO Set Speeds are not programmed. If PTO Set Speeds are programmed, the PTO Set is
always RPM increases, the PTO Resume is always a RPM decrease.
2) PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit determines the vehicle speed operating range of the PTO inputs. If vehicle
speed exceeds this limit the engine will either not allow an engine speed to be set, or disengage a set PTO
speed. The PTO On/Off circuit has priority over Fast Idle and Cruise Control On/Off circuits. The PTO Switch
On Lamp will reflect this.
3) Maximum Vehicle Speed In PTO Mode determines the vehicle speed limit IN PTO mode. The existing
Vehicle Speed Limit parameter will have overriding authority over the Maximum PTO Vehicle Speed, should
the Maximum PTO Vehicle Speed be programmed to a value higher than the Vehicle Speed Limit. A Vehicle
Speed Input must be installed for this feature to function properly.
NOTE: This feature differs from the existing PTO Vehicle Speed Limit, in that it does not cause a PTO Kickout
when the limit is reached. Instead, it allows the engine to remain in PTO Mode, but limits engine speed to provide
vehicle speed limiting. If the PTO Vehicle Speed Limit is programmed to a lower value than the Maximum PTO
Vehicle Speed, the existing kickout functionality will be used.
4) Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate determines the rate of engine speed acceleration/deceleration for the PTO and
Idle engine speed control.
5) Idle/PTO Bump RPM determines the amount of rpm increase/decrease if a PTO Set/Resume switch is
toggled in the Accel/ Decel position. If a PTO Engine RPM Set Speed has been programmed this parameter
does not apply to PTO.
7) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed program this parameter only if one or two specific engine speed points above
low idle are desired. The programmed low idle and PTO Top Engine Limit bound this parameter.
Program this parameter above low idle but less than the PTO Top Engine limit to get two discrete engine speeds
above idle. With the PTO circuit ON, toggling the Set switch once advances engine speed to this programmed
value. Toggle the Set switch again and the engine speed proceeds to the PTO Top Engine Limit.
Toggle the Resume switch and the engine speed is reduced to the next lower operating speed.
Program this parameter to the same RPM as the PTO Top Engine Limit if only one engine speed above idle is desired.
8) PTO to Set Speed program this parameter only if the application wants the engine speed to ramp up to the
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed whenever the PTO On/Off circuit is turned ON.
9) PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit this parameter has no affect on operation for the PTO Configuration Remote
Switches- the Cab Throttle RPM Limit is always low idle when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
10) Torque Limit program this parameter to a value established by the system limits for operation when a lower
than rated torque limit is desired to protect equipment used for PTO operation. This limit applies whenever the
Torque Limit Switch is ON.
11) Torque Limit Switch must be programmed to J1/P1:7 or J1/P1:23 and a switch must be installed
corresponding to the programmed ECM terminal input for the Torque Limit option to work.
12) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be
attained by turning on a dedicated switch during PTO operation. PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A must
be programmed to J1/P1:46 (Input #7) and an additional switch installed for this feature to function.
attained by turning on a dedicated switch during PTO operation. PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B must be
programmed to J1/P1:7 or J1/ P1:23 (Input #4 or Input #19) and an additional switch installed for this feature
to function.
14) PTO Shutdown Time This parameter is programmable between 3 to 1440 minutes (a value of 0 turns off this
feature). This parameter sets the duration of time (in minutes) that engine will operate, with the PTO On/Off
circuit ON and no vehicle speed present, before shutting down.
15) PTO Activates Cooling Fan This parameter determines if the engine cooling fan is on normally or Continuous
while in PTO Mode. The Fan Control Type parameter must be programmed to other than None.
16.14.5 Remote Throttle
The Remote Throttle Configuration utilizes the dedicated PTO On/Off circuit (J1/P1: 56), and requires a dedicated
PTO throttle. This throttle MUST be connected at all times. Disconnecting this throttle will result in diagnostics
codes and the Check Engine Lamp will be On. The Remote PTO Set/Resume switches are not required for this
configuration. A pair of PTO Switch On Lamps (one in cab and the other at the remote location) is recommended.
The Engine will respond to the Remote Throttle position but the throttle must be at minimum or returned to
minimum before engine will respond. The PTO Set and Resume switches can be used to Bump and Ramp engine
speed. The remote throttle can raise engine speed above a Set Speed.
Wiring Diagram 24
K998-BU
K980-PK
K982-YL
K999-GN
993-BR
G845-PU
30
58
60
56
3
68
P1 J1
OUTPUT #1
INPUT #2
INPUT #3
INPUT #1
INPUT #8
ECM
(PTO OFF POSITION)
PTO SET/RESUME
(SET OFF POSITION)
+BATTERY
ACCELERATOR POSITION
A
B
C
OR
WH
BK
+
12V
-
CAB PTO SWITCH
ON LAMP
REMOTE PTO
SWITCH ON LAMP
ACCELERATOR POSITION SENSOR
16.14.6 Remote Throttle Programmable Options
The following list includes all of the programmable options available for the PTO Configuration Remote Throttle.
The disabling of ECM response to cab inputs Cruise Control On/Off, Set/Resume, service brake pedal position
and clutch pedal position switches, cab accelerator pedal sensor) occurs when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
1) Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration determines the function of the Set and Resume inputs when held in
position or toggled. The two options are Set-Accel, Resume Decel or Set -Decel, Resume Accel. This applies
to cruise control, PTO, and idle modes of operation.
PTO Configuration Remote Throttle Engine ignores the Cab Throttle, Cruise Control
Set/Resume, Cruise Pause, service brake, clutch and
Neutral Switches.
PTO Engine RPM Unavailable N/A
Set Speed
Set Speed A
Overrides Throttle.
PTO Engine RPM 1000 RPM Engine ramps to 1000 RPM when switch is closed and
Set Speed B Switch For Set Speed A is open.
Overrides Throttle.
PTO To Set Speed Unavailable N/A
Speed Limit returning the engine to low idle.
PTO Cab Throttle Limit Unavailable Ignored
torque will be limited to 200 NM.
for 3 minutes.
PTO Activates Yes When the PTO switch is On, the ECM controlled cooling
Cooling Fan fan will be On.
Max PTO Vehicle 20 mph When PTO is Active, exceeding this vehicle speed will
Speed cause the engine RPM to lower in an attempt to maintain
20 mph.
Maximum PTO 1000 RPM Engine will not enter into PTO mode until engine RPM
Enable Speed drops to or is less than 1000 RPM.
Ignore Brake, Clutch, Unavailable Unavailable
Transmission
Switch Input
Configuration
2) PTO Vehicle Speed Limit determines the vehicle speed operating range of the PTO inputs. If vehicle speed
exceeds this limit the engine will either not allow an engine speed to be set, or disengage a set PTO speed.
This parameter also applies to the Idle circuit if using the Cruise Control On/Off switch instead of the PTO
On/Off circuit. The PTO On/Off circuit has priority over Fast Idle and Cruise Control On/Off.
3) Maximum Vehicle Speed in PTO Mode may be programmed to limit the vehicle speed while in PTO mode.
Increasing vehicle speed past this limit will result in the engine being derated to maintain the programmed
PTO mode vehicle speed limit.
4) Idle/PTO RPM Ramp Rate determines the rate of engine speed acceleration/deceleration for the resume,
accel, and decel operation. Applies to both PTO and Idle engine speed control.
5) Idle/PTO Bump RPM determines the amount of rpm increase/decrease when the Set/Resume switch is
toggled in the Accel/Decel position. For the Remote Throttle configuration this parameter applies to engine
speed control using the cruise control On/Off and PTO On/Off circuit.
7) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed this parameter is not available if the PTO Configuration is Remote Throttle.
8) PTO to Set Speed this parameter is not available if the PTO Configuration is Remote Throttle.
9) PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit programming this parameter has no affect for the PTO Configuration
Remote Throttle.
10) Torque Limit program this parameter if a lower than rated torque limit is desired for equipment used for
PTO operation, whenever the Torque Limit switch is ON.
11) PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A This parameter can be programmed to a desired set speed that can be
attained by turning on a dedicated switch during PTO operation. PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A must
be programmed to J1/P1: 46 and an additional switch installed for this feature to function.
attained by turning on a dedicated switch during PTO operation. PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B must
be programmed to J1/P1:7 or J1/ P1:23 and an additional switch installed for this feature to function.
13) PTO Shutdown Time This parameter is programmable between 3 to 1440 minutes (a value of 0 turns off
this feature). This parameter sets the duration of time (in minutes) that engine will operate, with the PTO
On/Off circuit ON and no vehicle speed present, before shutting down.
14) PTO Activates Cooling Fan This parameter determines if the engine cooling fan is on normally or
Continuous while in PTO Mode. The Fan Control Type parameter must be programmed to other than None.
16.15 Programming examples:
PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches or Remote Switches.
For set engine speeds above Low Idle
Notes:
** Notice difference in function with different PTO To Set Speed parameter settings.
* With PTO Set Speed parameter programmed to an engine rpm, the Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch
Configuration parameter setting has no effect on the cab cruise Set and Resume switches.
For One desired speed above low idle, set the PTO Set Speed and the PTO TEL to the same rpm value.
Throttle can override PTO Set Speed rpm up to PTO TEL.
The Set switch will not set PTO Set Speed to the throttle controlled engine speed.
Parameter Parameter setting Parameter setting
PTO TEL 1500 rpm 1500 rpm
** PTO To ** YES ** NO
Set Speed
PTO Set Speed 1200 rpm 1200 rpm
Switch Input Engine speed reaction Engine speed reaction
PTO Enable ** Engine goes to 1200 rpm ** Engine Stays at Low Idle
*Set/Accel If at 1200 rpm, toggle once to go If at Low Idle, Toggle once to go
to 1500 rpm. to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go
N/A at 1500 rpm. to 1500 rpm.
N/A at 1500 rpm.
*Resume/Decel N/A if at Low Idle. N/A if at Low Idle.
If at 1500 rpm Toggle once to go If at 1500 rpm Toggle once to go
to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go
to low idle. to low idle.
Programming examples continued:
PTO engine rpm control with Set Speed A and B
PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote Throttle
Notes:
Set Speed A and B switch inputs must be programmed.
Set Speed A overrides Set Speed B, Cruise Accel, Cruise Decel, PTO set Speed and Throttle.
Set Speed B Overrides Cruise Accel, Cruise Decel, PTO Set Speed and Throttle.
If PTO To Set Speed is programmed to NO, switching A or B off returns the PTO Set Speed to Low Idle.
If PTO To Set Speed is programmed to YES, switching A or B off returns to the programmed PTO Engine
RPM Set Speed to Low Idle.
Parameter Parameter setting
PTO TEL 1500 rpm
Set Speed A 1000 rpm
Set Speed B 1200 rpm
PTO to Set Speed No (N/A for Remote throttle)
Switch Input Engine speed reaction
PTO Enable Engine Stays at Low Idle
Set Speed A Engine speed ramps to 1000 rpm
Set Speed B If Set Speed A is Off, Engine speed ramps to 1200 rpm.
PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote Throttle.
To get variable engine speeds above low idle:
Notes:
* The Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration parameter setting Does affect the Remote PTO Set and
Resume switches.
The Set switch will set PTO Set Speed to the throttle controlled engine speed.
Remote PTO Set and Resume switch inputs must be programmed for Remote Switches and Remote.
PTO TEL 1500 rpm
PTO To Set Speed No (N/A for Remote throttle)
PTO Set Speed 0 (N/A for Remote throttle)
Idle/PTO Ramp Rate 50 rpm/sec
Idle/PTO Bump Rate 20 rpm
Switch Input Engine Speed Reaction
PTO Enable Engine Stays at Low Idle
*Set/Accel Toggle once to set PTO Set Speed at current engine speed.
Toggle to Bump 20 rpm (up to 1500 rpm).
Hold to Ramp up @ 50 rpm/sec (up to 1500 rpm).
N/A at 1500 rpm.
*Resume/Decel N/A if PTO Set Speed not set.
N/A if at Low Idle.
Toggle to Bump down 20 RPM (to Low Idle).
Hold to Ramp down @ 50 rpm/sec (to Low Idle).
J1939 Based Cruise Switch Input Messages
PTO Configuration set to Cab Switches.
For set engine speeds above Low Idle
Notes:
** Notice difference in function with different PTO To Set Speed parameter settings.
For One desired speed above low idle, set the PTO Set Speed and the PTO TEL to the same rpm value
Parameter Parameter setting Parameter setting
**PTO To **YES **NO
Set Speed
PTO Set Speed 1200 rpm 1200 rpm
Switch Input Engine speed reaction Engine speed reaction
PTO Enable **Engine goes to 1200 rpm **Engine Stays at Low Idle
(PTO Set Speed has been set)
J1939 Set Message N/A Toggle once to raise RPM to 1200 rpm.
(PTO Set Speed has been set) (PTO Set Speed has been set)
N/A Once a PTO Set Speed has
been established.
J1939 Resume N/A N/A
Message
J1939 Cruise If at Low Idle, Toggle once to go After a PTO Set Speed has been
Accel Message to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go established.
to 1500 rpm. If at Low Idle, Toggle once to go
N/A at PTO TEL (1500 rpm) to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go to
1500 rpm.
N/A at PTO TEL (1500 rpm)
J1939 Decel N/A if at Low Idle. N/A if at Low Idle.
Message If at 1500 rpm Toggle once to go If at 1500 rpm Toggle once to go
to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go to 1200 rpm. Toggle again to go
to low idle. to low idle.
J1939 Based Switch Remote PTO Set & Resume Message Inputs
PTO Configuration set to Remote Switches.
For set engine speeds above low idle:
Notes:
The ECM will respond to the J1939 message (PGN 65,264 ($FEF) Byte 6 Bits 4-3 Remote PTO
preprogrammed speed control switch) in the same manner as the PTO Engine Rpm Set Speed A hardwired
switch input.
PTO To Set Speed Yes No
PTO Set Speed 1200 1200
Idle/PTO Ramp 50 rpm/sec 50 rpm/sec
Rate
Idle/PTO Bump 20 rpm 20 rpm
Rate
Switch Input Engine Speed Reaction Engine Speed Reaction
PTO Enable ** Engine goes to 1200 rpm Engine Stays at Low Idle
J1939 Remote Toggle and Engine goes to Toggle to increase rpm to 1200 RPM
PTO Set Message 1500 RPM Toggle and Engine goes to
1500 RPM
J1939 Remote N/A @ Low Idle N/A @ Low Idle
PTO Resume @ 1500 RPM, Toggle to reduce @ 1500 RPM, Toggle to reduce
Message RPM to 1200 RPM. RPM to 1200 RPM.
@1200 RPM, Toggle to reduce @1200 RPM, Toggle to reduce
RPM to Low Idle RPM to Low Idle
J1939 Remote NOT SUPPORTED NOT SUPPORTED
PTO Accel
Message
J1939 Remote NOT SUPPORTED NOT SUPPORTED
PTO Decel
Message
17.0 Programmable Outputs
J1/P1: 10 (Output #2) can be used for a Starting Aid Output
J1/P1: 12 Output #3 can be used for an Engine Exhaust Brake
J1/P1: 13 (Output #4) can be used for an Engine Running Output
17.1 Programmable Output Electrical Specifications
Electrical characteristics of the high side drivers are as follows:
This output can be connected to the coil side of a relay or directly to a solenoid (1.5 Amps maximum). If connected
to a relay, the contact side of the relay should be connected to +Battery and the appropriate solenoid. Regardless
if the output is used to connect to a solenoid or relay coil, Caterpillar recommends transient suppression be used
on the inductive load in addition to the ECM internal protection. Circuit protection for the contact side of the relay
and its grounding (when powering a relay) is left to the OEMs discretion. Do not ground the relay or solenoid to
the ECM Sensor Common connections.
17.2 Starting Aid Output
A Starting Aid Output parameter is available to connect to a relay and/or solenoid to control a Continuous Flow
Starting Aid System. The Starting Aid Output parameter can be programmed to use J1/P1: 10 (Output #2) by
programming the Starting Aid Output parameter to Automatic.
The Coolant Temperature reading is used to determine if conditions require use of the Starting Aid. If a fault
condition exists with the Intake Manifold Air Temperature sensor circuit, the Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor
reading will be used. If the temperature reading is below 0C (32F) and an attempt is made to start the engine,
the Starting Aid Output will be enabled for up to 30 seconds while the engine is cranking. If the engine starts
or a condition occurs that prevents fuel from being injected, the Staring Aid Output will be disabled.
Wiring Diagram 25
Output #2 10 E718 - PK
Minimum On Maximum On Maximum Current Draw Off State
Output Voltage Output Voltage
2.0 Volts DC Battery voltage 1.5 Amps High Impedance
17.3 Engine Exhaust Brake
The ECM can drive an OEM installed exhaust type engine brake solenoid directly or through an OEM installed
relay. The Engine Exhaust Brake output will be enabled based upon Customer Parameter programming, engine
speed, accelerator pedal position, clutch and brake engagement, and the cruise control ON/OFF switch setting.
The exhaust brake output will be turned Off while the fuel injectors are delivering fuel to the engine.
Connections for the exhaust brake:
1) Exhaust Brake On/Off switch if transmission communicates over J1939.
2) OEM Installed Exhaust Brake.
1) The Exhaust Brake Switch parameter must be programmed to J1/P1: 16 (Optional J1939 source).
Wiring Diagram 26 - Exhaust Brake with Exhaust Brake Switch Programmed to Installed
EXHAUST BRAKE
ON/OFF SWITCH
EXHAUST BRAKE
SOLENOID
C981-GY
E991-GY
H795-PK
16
5
12
P1 J1
EXHAUST BRAKE ON/OFF SWITCH
OUTPUT #3
ECM
(BRAKE OFF POSITION)
Description ECM Terminal Assignment
Exhaust Brake Output J1/P1: 12
Exhaust Brake Switch J1/P1: 16
Sensor Common J1/P1: 5 (3 or 18)
If the On/Off Switch is installed in the Output Driver Circuit (terminal-12), the Exhaust Brake Switch parameter must
be programmed to None (this setting MUST not be used if the transmission communicates over J1939).
Wiring Diagram 27
Wiring Diagram 28 - Exhaust Brake with Relay
17.3.1 Operation with the Cruise Control On/Off Switch in the OFF position
The exhaust brake output is enabled under the following conditions:
1) Engine rpm is greater than 1000 rpm.
2) Drivers foot is off the accelerator pedal (accelerator pedal position < 7%) and clutch pedal.
3) Dedicated PTO is not ON (PTO On/Off Switch OFF)
4) ECM Exhaust Brake Switch Input is ON (Exhaust Brake Switch parameter must be set to Installed)
5) Torque Converter Locked with vehicle speed
6) ABS is not requesting the Exhaust Brake to be OFF
NOTE: If an Exhaust Brake On/Off Switch is installed in the Exhaust Brake OUTPUT circuit (Output #3),
the Exhaust Brake will not function unless the On/Off switch is in the ON position (closed circuit).
17.3.2 Exhaust Brake Operation While In Cruise
When the Exhaust Brake Mode parameter is programmed to COAST the exhaust brake will operate only with
the service brakes applied, allowing the engine to coast with no braking after they are released. Programming
the Exhaust Brake Mode parameter to LATCH allows braking with the service brakes applied and keeps the
exhaust brake ON after the service brakes are released (until rpm drops below 900 rpm or the driver presses
the accelerator or clutch pedal). Programming the Exhaust Brake Mode parameter to MANUAL provides identical
operation whether the cruise On/Off switch is ON or OFF (but not while in cruise control).
OUTPUT #3 12
+BATTERY EXHAUST BRAKE
SOLENOID
EXHAUST BRAKE
RELAY
ECM
E991-GY
EXHAUST BRAKE
ON/OFF SWITCH
P1 J1
EXHAUST BRAKE
SOLENOID
E991-GY 12
P1 J1
OUTPUT #3
ECM
EXHAUST BRAKE
ON/OFF SWITCH
(BRAKE OFF POSITION)
EXHAUST BRAKE SWITCH Programmed to NONE
17.3.3 Exhaust Brake Operation and Auto Retarder in Cruise
When the Auto Retarder In Cruise parameter is programmed between 3 10 mph and Cruise Control is active,
the exhaust brake will engage to help maintain the Cruise Control Set Speed. The Exhaust Brake in Cruise
parameter value is the desired vehicle speed above the Cruise Control Set Speed to engage the exhaust brake.
The exhaust brake will remain engaged until the vehicle speed has dropped below this value. The Exhaust Brake
in Cruise option requires the optional Exhaust Brake Switch to be in the ON position. When the Auto Retarder In
Cruise parameter is programmed to 0, the feature is disabled.
Some automatic transmissions will down shift when the engine retarder engages. Caterpillar recommends that the
Auto Retarder In Cruise parameter value be set to a minimum of 5 mph reduce transmission down shifting with
the Auto retarder in Cruise feature.
NOTE: If Soft Cruise is enabled, the programmable speed range over the Cruise Control Set Speed is 5 10 mph.
1) Exhaust Brake On/Off switch (optional).
2) Service Brake Switch #1 (Service Brake Switch #2 as well if required for transmission style)
Clutch Switch (transmission style dependent)
17.3.4 Exhaust Brake Operation as a Warm Up Device
The Exhaust Brake may be used as an engine warm up device to add parasitic load to the engine to aid in attaining
and maintaining normal engine operating temperatures. When programmed to Warm Up Only or Exhaust Brake
& Warm Up, and the Exhaust Brake Switch is in the ON position (Exhaust Brake Switch Input is programmed to
J1/P1:16 or a J1939 Data Link based source), the engine will ramp to the programmed Warm Up Mode Idle Speed
and engage the Exhaust Brake.
Warm Up Mode will kick-out once the engine is warmed up or if one of the following conditions are met:
1) The Service Brake is depressed
2) Clutch pedal is depressed (transmission style dependent)
3) Exhaust Retarder Switch OFF (Optional)
4) Vehicle in Gear (Optional neutral switch)
5) Throttle is depressed
6) Vehicle speed is more than 1 mph
7) ECM detects excessive engine load
8) Engine rpm is less than 500 or more than 1450 rpm
1) Exhaust Brake On/Off switch.
2) Service Brake Switch #1 (Service Brake Switch #2 transmission style dependent)
3) Clutch Switch (transmission style dependent)
1) The Exhaust Brake Switch parameter must be programmed to J1/P1: 16, Cab Controller, Body Controller or
Instrument Cluster.
2) Exhaust Brake/Warm Up Enable configuration programmed to Warm Up Only or Exhaust Brake & Warm Up
3) Warm Up Mode Idle Speed is programmed between 700 and 1400 rpm.
17.3.5 Engine Exhaust Brake and Automatic Transmissions
Automatic transmissions will utilize the exhaust brake status during a downshift when the exhaust brake is
engaged. This exhaust brake status may come from the engine J1939 broadcast, or from a signal provided from the
retarder circuit by chassis wiring. Consequently the integration of the engine, transmission, and chassis wiring must
be taken into account when configuring the transmission and engine. Below are tables, which illustrate the required
engine programming, based on the chassis and transmission configuration.
1) Chassis: Exhaust Brake Not Installed
Transmission-to-retarder integration: Any
2) Chassis: Exhaust Brake Installed
Transmission-to-retarder integration: Transmission controller has input signal from engine ECM via chassis wiring
3) Chassis: Exhaust Brake Installed
Transmission-to-retarder integration: Transmission uses J1939 ERC #1 message from the engine (not from the
engine ECM retarder circuit).
17.4 Engine Running Output (Starter Lockout)
The engine is running Output is available on J1/P1: 13. This output is capable of 1.5 Amps and can drive a relay
or solenoid. This output can be used to disable the starter or other devices when the engine is running. A normally
closed relay is recommended so that cranking can be achieved immediately at power up. During cranking, the
ECM will energize the relay once the engine speed reaches 50 rpm below low idle (700-800 rpm). A normally
closed relay is recommended because the ECM could see insufficient battery voltage during cranking, preventing
the ECM from providing sufficient battery voltage to energize the relay.
1) Engine Running Output Solenoid or Relay.
2) None.
ECM Programming
Parameter Setting
Exhaust Brake None
Exhaust Brake Switch None
ECM Programming
Parameter Setting
Exhaust Brake Exhaust Brake Only, or Exhaust Brake + Warm Up
Exhaust Brake Switch J1/P1:16, J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Instrument
Cluster or J1939 Body Controller
ECM Programming
Parameter Setting
Exhaust Brake Exhaust Brake Only, or Exhaust Brake + Warm Up
Exhaust Brake Switch J1/P1:16, J1939 Cab Controller, J1939 Instrument
Cluster or J1939 Body Controller
Connections for the engine running output:
Wiring Diagram 29
17.4.1 Optional Engine Running Output (GMT560 trucks only)
Engine Running Output may be programmed to J1/P1: 31(Default) or None. When programmed to J1/P1: 31
the ECM will enable a low power circuit (300 milli-Amps) until the engine is within 50 RPM of the low idle limit.
This output can be connected to the coil side of a relay (if the maximum current draw for the solenoid is less
than 0.3 amps). The contact side of the relay should be connected to +Battery and the appropriate solenoid.
Caterpillar recommends transient suppression be used on the inductive load in addition to the ECM internal
protection. Circuit protection for the contact side of the relay and its grounding (when powering a relay) is left
to the OEMs discretion. Do not ground the relay or solenoid to the ECM Sensor Common connections.
Wiring Diagram 30
G880 - PK
31
P1 J1
OUTPUT #9
+
12V
-
ECM
Starter Enable Relay
ECM
P1 J1
TO VEHICLE
+ BATTERY
ENGINE RUNNING
OUTPUT RELAY (N/C)
TO STARTER
G836-WH OUTPUT #4 13
18.0 Transmissions
Caterpillar C7 and C9 engines can be connected to a variety of transmissions. The following table lists the available
transmission style options and the required switch inputs for each option. Correct programming and switch wiring is
required to provide proper cruise control, PTO, and Fast Idle operation.
*This switch input can be a J1939 message from the J1939 Instrument Cluster, J1939 Cab Controller,
or J1939 Body Controller.
**This switch input can be a J1939 message from the transmission.
18.1 Transmissions Equipped with J1939 Communication
The C7 and C9 engines can communicate with transmissions over the SAE J1939 data link. The engine will
respond to transmission requests for speed and torque limiting. Transmissions can request that the engine engage
the auxiliary brake to assist in shifting or prevent shift cycling. The transmission may request that the engines
auxiliary brake be disengaged to prevent damage to torque converter.
18.2 Recommendations for the Exhaust Brake
The transmission torque converter cannot tolerate engine auxiliary brake operation if the torque converter clutch
is not engaged. If the engine is equipped with an Exhaust Brake the Engine Exhaust Brake Switch parameter must
be programmed to J1/P1:16 or one of the J1939 sourced inputs. A physical switch does not have to be installed as
an open circuit is the same as an open switch.
18.3 Recommendations for Cooling Fan
The cooling fan causes engine loading that may interfere with transmission shifting. The J1939 broadcast for engine
load is adjusted to compensate for cooling fan loading. Caterpillar recommends the following:
1) ECM controlled cooling fan
2) Air Conditioning input for fan control
3) If used, the manual fan override switch must be an input to the ECM
Transmission Switch Usage
Style Parameter
Service Service Clutch Transmission
Setting
Brake #1 Brake # 2 J1/P1: 22* Neutral
J1/P1: 45 * J1/P1: 64 J1/P1: 62**
Manual Option 1 X X
Manual Option 2 X X X
Universal X X X X
Automatic Option 1 X
Automatic Option 2 X X
Automatic Option 3 X X X
Automatic Option 4 X X
AT/MT/HT Option 1 X
AT/MT/HT Option 2 X
AT/MT/HT Option 3 X X
AT/MT/HT Option 4 X X
18.4 Allison WT Series
The Allison WT requires connection to the SAE J1587/J1708 or SAE J1939 data link to communicate to the
C7 or C9 ECM.
1) SAE J1587 or SAE J1939 Data link connection to the Allison transmission control.
2) If the Transmission Style parameter is programmed to Automatic Option 2 or Automatic Option 3, connect
Input #13 to Brake Switch #2.
3) If the Transmission Style parameter is programmed to Automatic Option 3, Automatic Option 4 or Universal,
connect the Neutral switch to Input #12 or the SAE J1939 data link.
1) Transmission Style parameter programmed to Automatic Option 1, Automatic Option 2, Automatic Option 3,
or Automatic Option 4.
2) Driveline Data Link parameter programmed to J1939
3) Transmission Neutral Switch parameter programmed to J1/P1:62 or J1939 (Transmission Style dependent)
18.5 Allison 1000 & 2000 Series
The Allison 1000 and 2000 Series transmissions REQUIRE connection to the J1939 data link to communicate
to the C7 or C9 ECM.
1) SAE J1587 or SAE J1939 Data link connection to the Allison transmission control.
2) If the Transmission Style parameter is programmed to Automatic Option 2 or Automatic Option 3, connect Input
#13 to Brake Switch #2.
3) If the Transmission Style parameter is programmed to Automatic Option 3 or Automatic Option 4, connect the
Neutral switch to Input #12 or the SAE J1939 data link.
1) Transmission Style parameter programmed to Automatic Option 1, Automatic Option 2, Automatic Option 3,
or Automatic Option 4.
2) Driveline Data Link parameter programmed to J1939
3) Transmission Neutral Switch parameter programmed to J1/P1:62 or J1939
18.6 Allison AT/MT/HT Transmissions
The Allison AT/MT/HT (non-electronic) transmissions require an input from the ECM to regulate transmission
shifting. The ECM does not control the transmission shift schedule. The ECM monitors accelerator pedal position,
engine speed, load, and cruise control status to determine if the transmission should use closed throttle or full
throttle shift modulation.
Programming the Transmission Style parameter to AT/MT/HT Option 1, AT/MT/HT Option 2, AT/MT/HT Option 3,
or AT/MT/HT Option 4 activates 7J1/P1: 20 to control a shift interface relay connected to the transmission.
This output does not control an Allison AT/MT/HT transmission with an ATEC control.
The Shift Modulation setting is selectable by programming the AT/MT/HT Part Throttle Shift Speed parameter.
Three different modulation settings are available: Low (80% ON/65% OFF), Medium (70% ON/55% OFF), and
High (60% ON/45% OFF). The High setting is the default setting, which will cause the transmission to remain in
a lower gear longer (higher engine speed before shift occurs). The Medium setting is a compromise between the
Default and the High setting.
NOTE: Contact Allison Transmissions regarding recommended settings of this parameter for your application.
1) Shift Interface Relay.
2) J1/P1: 20 connected to the Shift Interface Relay.
3) Allison AT/MT/HT mechanical transmission with shift modulator.
If the Transmission Style parameter is programmed to AT/MT/HT Option 2 or AT/MT/HT Option 3, connect J1/P1: 64
to Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #2.
If the Transmission Style parameter is programmed to AT/MT/HT Option 3 or AT/MT/HT Option 4, connect J1/P1: 62
to the Transmission Neutral Switch.
1) Transmission Style programmed to AT/MT/HT Option 1, AT/MT/HT Option 2, AT/MT/HT Option 3,
or AT/MT/HT Option 4.
2) AT/MT/HT Part Throttle Shift Speed programmed to desired setting Low, Medium or High.
18.7 Allison AT/MT/HT Shift Interface Relay Operation
The AT/MT/HT Relay Circuit is provided by the ECM to indicate when the transmission should utilize closed throttle
modulation or full throttle modulation. This allows the transmission to select Economy Mode or Performance mode.
Operation of the relay is different depending upon whether cruise control is active or inactive.
NOTE: Minimum ON and OFF time of the driver is based on vehicle speed changes.
Wiring Diagram 31
18.7.1 Shift Relay Operation with Cruise Control or Vehicle Speed Limiting Not Active
If enabled, the AT/MT/HT Relay is disabled under any of the following conditions:
1) Engine is not running.
2) Accelerator Pedal Position less than he AT/MT/HT Part Throttle Shift Speed setting: Low = 65%, Medium = 55%,
or High = 45% (default).
If disabled, the AT/MT/HT Relay is enabled when all of the following conditions are met:
1) Engine is running.
2) Accelerator Pedal Position greater than the AT/MT/HT Part Throttle Shift Speed setting: Low = 80%,
Medium = 70%, or High = 60% (default).
20
C
G839-BU OUTPUT #7
+IGNITION
ALLISON ELECTRIC
MODULATOR M
ALLISON AT/MT
RELAY
ECM
J1 P1
18.7.2 Shift Relay Operation with Cruise Control or Vehicle Speed Limiting Active
If enabled, the AT/MT/HT Relay is disabled when all of the following conditions are met:
1) Vehicle speed is greater than or within 2 mph (3.2 km/h) of the Cruise Set Speed or the Vehicle Speed Limit.
2) Unfiltered Load factor is < 75%.
3) Engine Speed > 2000 rpm.
If disabled, the AT/MT/HT Relay is enabled when the following conditions are met:
1) Filtered Load factor is > 98%
2) Vehicle Speed is more than 4 mph below the Cruise set speed.
19.0 Governor Type
The ECM has the capability of being programmed to one of two governor types. These governor types are
Full Range and Min/Max.
19.1 Full Range Governor
The Full Range governor is an engine speed governor that works on the principle that the engine will try to maintain
an engine speed for a given throttle position. This governor type is recommended for all manual transmissions.
Governor Type programmed to Full Range.
19.2 Min/Max Governor
The purpose of this feature is to provide an alternative type of engine speed governor commonly referred to as
Min/Max Governor. This governor essentially only governs engine speed when at the minimum or maximum
allowed engine speed. When in between these limits, the throttle -position will cause the engine to produce power
proportional to its value. The benefit of this type of governor is smoother shifting for engines with automatic/
automated transmissions.
Includes: Eaton Autoshift, Merritor Freedom, SureShift, All Allison and ZF
Governor Type programmed to Min/Max.
Figure 36
Power
100% Throttle Lug
Curve, both governors
M
i
n
M
a
x
T
h
r
o
t
t
l
e
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n
8
0
%
5
0
%
2
0
%
80%
50%
20%
Full Range Throttle Position
ENGINE SPEED >
19.3 Min/Max Governor with Speed Control
The Min/Max Governor with Speed Control feature allows the engine to switch to the Full Range Governor
response characteristics when the Vehicle speed is less than 1 mph or when the transmission neutral switch
(required) indicates that the transmission is in neutral. When the engine senses that the vehicle is in gear or
is moving one mph or faster, the Min/Max Governor will take over.
Note: When the transmission style programming expects a neutral switch input, programming the Neutral Switch
Input to None causes the ECM to assume that the transmission is in gear at all times.
1) Vehicle Speed Input
2) Neutral switch (hardwired switch input or J1939 message)
1) Governor Type programmed to Min/Max with Speed Control
2) Transmission Neutral Switch programmed to J1/P1: 62 or J1939
3) Vehicle Speed Input programmed to J1/P1: 32 & 33, J1939 trans or J1939 ABSs
20.0 Cooling Fan
The ECM provides a programmable parameter, Fan Control Type, and an output terminal, J1/P1: 11, for optional
cooling fan control. The Fan Control Type parameter two options for types of cooling fan control systems.
The Fan Control Type parameter also includes optional output signal types for design flexibility.
20.1 Fan Control basics
The fan control output available at J1/P1: 11 provides a High for fan Off and Low for fan On. Because an
electrical open circuit is the most likely failure mode, Caterpillar recommends a normally open circuit(s). The fan
control is based on engine coolant temperature, engine retarder operation, intake manifold temperature and engine
speed. Optional inputs can include an A/C compressor pressure switch, operator controlled Fan Override Switch
and PTO programming. The Electronic Technician service tool can also cause the fan to turn on with special tests.
During engine cranking, the ECM turns the output(s) OFF (fan ON) to prevent unnecessary cycling due to reduced
voltage levels.
The ECM controlled Cooling Fan may be turned ON with a J1939 based Fan Override Switch message. This allows
the operator to turn the fan ON whenever the switch is closed for additional engine retarding and/or cooling.
The J1939 Fan Override message may also be based from the transmission. When vehicle operating conditions
cause elevated transmission oil temperatures, the transmission can broadcast the J1939 based Fan Override
message to turn the fan ON for the required cooling.
20.2 Fan Control Options
The Fan Control Type parameter determines what kind of fan the ECM is to control and the type of output signal.
The Fan Control Type programmable options are On-Off PWM, On-Off DC, Variable Speed Option S and NONE
(default). Program this parameter to NONE if the ECM is not connected to the Cooling Fan circuit. The DC and
PWM options describe the output signal types available at J1:P1: 11.
This output can be connected to the coil side of a relay or directly to a solenoid (if the maximum current draw for
the solenoid is less than 1.5 amps). If connected to a relay, the contact side of the relay should be connected to
+Battery and the appropriate solenoid. Regardless if the output is used to connect to a solenoid or relay coil,
Caterpillar recommends transient suppression be used on the inductive load in addition to the ECM internal
protection. Circuit protection for the contact side of the relay and its grounding (when powering a relay) is left to
the OEMs discretion.
Fan Control Programming Output at J1/P1:11 Output at J1/P1: 11 Current Capability
With Fan Off With Fan On
On/Off PWM 225 Hz Square Wave, 0 Volts 1.5 Amperes
0 Volts to Battery Voltage,
@ 90% Duty Cycle
On/Off DC Battery Voltage 0 Volts 1.0 Amperes
Variable Speed Option S 80 HZ Square Wave, 225 HZ Square Wave,
0 to Battery voltage 0 to Battery voltage
@~ 80 % Duty Cycle @~ 20 % Duty Cycle
Wiring Diagram 32
20.3 Cooling Fan Output Operation (On/Off)
If the Fan Control Type parameter is programmed to ON/OFF the ECM provides control of an ON-OFF fan clutch.
The Cooling Fan circuit sends out a high signal to turn the fan OFF. The fan comes ON in the event of an output
circuit failure such as an open circuit. This requires a relay with normally open contacts (if powering the coil side of
a relay), or a solenoid valve that deactivates the fan when it receives the disable (high) signal. Additional switching
devices in the circuit should cause an open circuit to turn the fan ON. This circuit is designed to withstand a short
circuit to +Battery voltage and will not be adversely affected if other devices are connected to this line when
directly driving a solenoid. When driving a relay, connection of other devices to the Cooling Fan Output should
not be necessary.
To prevent unnecessary cooling fan cycling due to reduced voltage levels during engine cranking, the ECM turns
the output OFF (fan ON). Because an electrical open circuit is the most likely failure mode, Caterpillar recommends
a normally open circuit.
The ECM will turn the cooling fan ON under any of the following conditions if engine rpm is less than 2750 rpm.
1) Engine Not Running.
2) During Engine Cranking.
3) Coolant Sensor Temperature > 207F (97C).
4) Active Coolant Temperature Sensor Diagnostic.
5) Inlet Manifold Air Temperature > 190F (88C).
6) Inlet Manifold Air Temperature > 163F (73C) with Boost Pressure > 10 psi (70 kPa).
7) Exhaust Brake ON > 2 seconds, when Fan With Engine Brake ON parameter is programmed to YES
8) A/C High Pressure Switch Input is Open or ECM is Counting.
9) PTO On/Off Switch in the ON position (PTO Activates Cooling Fan parameter is programmed to Continuous).
10) J1939 Fan Override Switch Message is =>95.2% (ON).
Item 7, 8, and 9 are dependent upon Customer Parameters as shown in the following table
P1
J1
ECM
G837-YL 11 OUTPUT #5
ECM Input Customer Parameter
Exhaust Brake On > 2 Seconds Fan On with Engine Brake On
J1/P1: 41 (A/C High Pressure Switch) A/C Switch Fan On-Time
J1/P1: 56 PTO Activates Cooling Fan
J1/P1: 41 A/C High Pressure Switch
J1/P1: 62 A/C Fan Request (GMT560 Only)
J1939 Data link Fan Override Switch Message
NOTICE
Caterpillar requires the OEM to install a warning sticker near the fan indicating
the fan is automatically controlled and may come ON at any time.
ECM will keep the fan ON for 2 seconds after the engine has reached the programmed low idle (700 750 rpm).
This is done because unstable vehicle battery voltage during cranking may cause the fan to cycle.
The fan will be turned OFF by the control (after being turned ON) if engine rpm exceeds 2800 rpm or when all
the following circumstances are met.
1) Coolant Sensor Temperature < 196F (91C) and Inlet Manifold Air Temperature < 151F (66C).
2) The fan has been ON for at least 30 seconds or the programmed A/C Pressure Switch Fan On Time.
3) Exhaust Brake ON Strategy is not Active, when Fan With Engine Brake ON parameter is programmed to YES
4) A/C High Pressure Switch is not Active.
5) The PTO On/Off Switch in the OFF position, when PTO Activates Cooling Fan parameter is programmed
to Continuous.
6) J1939 Fan Override Switch message is <=94.8% (OFF).
1) Solenoid or Solenoid and Relay.
2) J1939 Data Link
3) Fan Override Switch
1) Cooling Fan Type programmed to On-Off Fan
2) A/C High Pressure Switch programmed to J1/P1: 41
3) A/C Fan Request programmed to J1/P1: 41 or J1/P1:62 (GMT-560 Only)
4) Fan Override Switch programmed to other than None.
5) Powertrain Data Link programmed to J1939.
20.4 Cooling Fan Output Operation (Variable Speed Fan Option S)
The variable speed fan control is based on a fan system manufactured by Sauer-Danfoss. When the Fan Control
Type parameter is programmed to Variable Speed Option S, the Engine Control Module provides a pulse width
modulated (PWM) signal for open loop control. This output to the Fan Drive Controller (FDC) will vary fan speed in
proportion to cooling demand. Any system non-linearity is compensated for by the FDC. The fan control will turn the
fan FULL On (100%) during those conditions that require the fan to be On. These conditions include but are not
restricted to: fan ON during PTO mode and fan ON with the exhaust brake engaged.
Note: The Fan Override Switch message over J1939 will not vary the fan speed. The fan will be turned ON (100%)
when the Switch Message value is =>95.2%.
Wiring Diagram 33
Figure 37
The ECM will turn the cooling fan ON for a minimum of 30 seconds under any of the following conditions if engine
rpm is less than 2750 rpm.
1) Engine Running less than 2 seconds (100%).
2) Coolant Sensor Temperature > 199F (93C).
3) Active Coolant Temperature Sensor Diagnostic (100%).
4) Inlet Manifold Air Temperature > 189F (87C) (100%).
5) Inlet Manifold Air Temperature > 162F (72C) with Boost Pressure > 10 psi (70 kPa) (100%).
6) Exhaust Brake ON > 2 seconds, when Fan With Engine Brake ON parameter is programmed to YES
7) (100%)
8) A/C High Pressure Switch Input is Open or A/C Switch On Time Counter is Counting (50%).
PWM %
Duty Cycle
100 90 80 70 60 50 110
ECM Request for
0% Cooling
93 Deg C
ECM Request for
100% Cooling
101 Deg C
Coolant Temperature (Deg C)
0% Cooling
100% Cooling
PWM Fault Detection
PWM Fault Detection
100
0
50
G837-YL
J1 P1
Output #5
ECM
11
Fan Drive
Controller
9) PTO On/Off Switch is in the ON position (PTO Activates Cooling Fan parameter is programmed
to Continuous 100%)
10) J1939 Fan Override Switch message received as =>95.2%.
Item 6, 7, and 8 are dependent upon Customer Parameters as shown in the following table
The fan will be turned OFF (0%) by the control (after being turned ON) if engine rpm exceeds 2800 rpm or when
all the following circumstances are met.
1) Coolant Sensor Temperature < 198F (92C).
2) The fan has been ON for at least 30 seconds or the programmed A/C Pressure Switch Fan On Time
is finished counting.
3) Inlet Manifold Air Temperature < 151F (66C).
4) Exhaust Brake ON Strategy is not Active, when Fan With Engine Brake ON parameter is programmed to YES.
5) A/C High Pressure Switch is not open.
6) PTO On/Off Switch is in the OFF position. (PTO Activates Cooling Fan parameter is programmed to Continuous)
7) J1939 Fan Override Switch message <=94.8% (fan OFF).
EM provided and installed components required:
1) Fan Drive Controller.
2) Variable Speed Fan
3) Fan Override Switch
4) J1939 Data Link
1) Cooling Fan Type programmed to Variable Speed Fan Option S.
2) Fan Override Switch programmed to other than None.
3) Powertrain Data Link programmed to J1939
20.5 Cooling Fan Control with the Ignition Key Off
The Cooling fan output will remain powered (On/Off Fan disengaged) for up to 10 seconds after the ignition key
has been turned off. This allows enough time for the engine to stop rotating before the fan solenoid is engaged.
This helps to limit fan belt damage due to fan inertia.
ECM Input Customer Parameter
Exhaust Brake ON > 2 seconds Fan with Engine Brake On
J1/P1: 41 (A/C High Pressure Switch) A/C High Pressure Switch
J1/P1: 56 (PTO On/Off Switch) PTO Activates Cooling Fan
J1939 Data Link Fan Override Switch
A/C Switch Fan On Time
20.6 Air Conditioning High Pressure Switch
Programming the A/C High Pressure Switch parameter to J1/P1:41 (default is None) allows the ECM to respond to
a normally closed high pressure A/C switch. This switch opens when the refrigerant pressure exceeds the desired
level. The ECM has a timer available to prevent excessive cycling of the cooling fan clutch due to successive cycling
of the A/C switch input. The timer is programmable from 0 to 600 seconds, with 0 seconds indicating the feature is
OFF (the default). Typical programming is 30 seconds, with 1 second recommended for systems connecting this
input to other controls with their own built in timers.
1) Normally closed high pressure A/C switch.
2) Cooling fan connection to Terminal 11(Output #5).
1) Fan Control Type programmed to On-Off or Variable Speed Fan Option S.
2) A/C Switch Fan On-Time programmed in the 1 600 second range (0 = disabled).
Figure 38
High Press.
Switch Open
Low Press.
Switch Closed
Refrigerant
Pressure
A/C Pressure
Switch Circuit
Fan On
Fan Off
Cooling Fan
Output #5 On
Output #5 Off
Output #5
A/C Fan
Switch On Time
Wiring DIagram 34
20.7 A/C Fan request Switch (GMT560 Only)
Programming the A/C Fan Request parameter may be used to activate the Cooling Fan when programmed
to J1/P1 41 or J1/P1: 62 (Default is None) whenever the air conditioning compressor clutch is engaged.
The fan control will follow previously described functionality when activated by this switch input.
Note: J1/P1: 41 is a switch to ground input and J1/P1: 62 is a switch to battery input.
Wiring DIagram 35
Wiring DIagram 36
62
P1J1
ECM
Program A/C Fan Request Switch parameter to J1/P1:62
+
12V
-
A/C
Compressor
Clutch
Input #12
Vehicle
A/C Control
Circuit
41
5
P1 J1
ECM
Program A/C Fan Request Switch parameter to J1/P1:41
+
12V
-
A/C
Compressor
Clutch
Input #11
AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common
Vehicle
A/C Control
Circuit
11
41
5
P1 J1
OUTPUT #5
INPUT #11
ECM
A/C HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH
(FAN ON POSITION)
G837-YL
E971-GN
H795-PK
21.0 Idle Shutdown Timer
To conserve fuel, the control system can be programmed to shut down the engine. The engine will shut down if it
operates under reduced load with the vehicle stationary for a customer-defined period of time. This feature does not
shut off vehicle electrical power.
The Idle Shutdown Timer can be programmed between 1 and 1,440 minutes. The check engine lamp will begin to
flash when the Idle Shutdown Timer enters the Driver Alert phase of the Idle Shutdown sequence. The Driver Alert
phase is determined by the number of minutes programmed for the Idle Shutdown Timer, during this phase the
check engine lamp will flash, warning the driver of an impending engine shutdown.
When the Idle Shutdown Timer is programmed to one minute, the check engine lamp will begin to flash thirty
seconds before the programmed time expires.
If the Idle Shutdown Timer is programmed to two minutes or more, the check engine lamp will begin to flash ninety
seconds before the programmed time expires.
The operator can move the clutch or service brake during Driver Alert to override the timer. When the timer is
overridden a diagnostic event is logged. The timer will remain in Override until the ECM has detected that the
vehicle has moved.
The status of the Shutdown Timer will be broadcast as part of the J1939 Data Link SHUTDOWN message $FEE4
(65,252).
Note: If the transmission neutral switch is programmed and installed, the idle shutdown timer will not start counting
if the transmission indicates that the transmission is in gear.
1) Vehicle speed source.
2) Check Engine Lamp.
3) Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1. (Service Brake Switch #2 if required by transmission style).
4) Clutch Pedal Position Switch. (If Transmission Style is programmed to Manual Option 1 or 2, Universal).
5) Transmission Neutral Switch (If Transmission style parameter is programmed to Automatic Option 3, Automatic
option 4, AT/MT/HT Option 3, or AT/MT/HT Option 4).
1) Idle Shutdown Time programmed in the 1 1440 minutes range.
2) Vehicle Speed Calibration.
21.1 Cold Mode Idle Shutdown Timer Enable
The Idle Shutdown Timer is disabled if Engine Coolant Temperature is less than 38 DEG C (100 DEG F) and the
engine is running less than 15 minutes.
After 15 minutes, the Idle Shutdown Timer is enabled regardless of engine coolant temperature.
The default is set to Disabled.
When programmed to Enabled, the Idle Shutdown Timer will begin counting down immediately once the engine
reaches low idle. Regardless of Engine Coolant Temperature or how long the engine has been running.
22.0 Data Links
An OEM installed wiring harness to a cab mounted diagnostic connector is necessary to allow for accessing the
data link with a service tool. There is not a diagnostic connector supplied in the engine harness. Caterpillar
requests the vehicle OEM install a diagnostic connector in the engine compartment for those applications where
the cab diagnostic connector is too far away for practical service of the engine. For an engine compartment
mounted diagnostic connector, Caterpillar recommends grounding the engine data link connector directly to the
engine ground stud through a splice into either -Battery wire (Connector P1, terminal 65 or 67). It must not be
grounded to ECM Sensor Common connections. An example application for an engine compartment installed
diagnostic connector would be found on a bus or RV with a rear-mounted engine.
22.1 SAE J1587/J1708 Data Link
The ECM has a standard data link available for communicating with electronic service tools, dash displays, and
certain transmissions. The ATA (American Trucking Association), SAE J1587/SAE J1708 Data Link is standard on
all Caterpillar Truck Engines. The ATA data link can reduce duplication of engine and vehicle sensors by allowing
other control systems to share sensor information. The ATA data link is used to communicate with Caterpillar Pocket
Technician and Caterpillar Electronic Technician service tools. The ATA data link does not require a Customer
Parameter to activate. The data link follows SAE recommended practice J1708 for hardware and SAE
recommended practice J1587 for the communication protocol.
The following diagrams represent the ATA data link installed into a 6-terminal or 9-terminal dash connectors.
Wiring DIagram 37
Wiring DIagram 38
Note: The above connector is black in color with a Keyed center pin. This connector requires Caterpillar
# 157-4829 Adapter Harness for connection to the Caterpillar # 139-4166 Service Tool Cable.
E793-BU
E794-YL
9
8
P1 J1
+BATTERY
-BATTERY
J1587 DL-
J1587 DL+
B
A
G
F
E
D
C
J1587 DATA LINK NEGATIVE
J1587 DATA LINK POSITIVE
ECM
42
34
50
J1939 DATA LINK SHIELD
J1939 DATA LINK -
J1939 DATA LINK +
A249-BK
K990-GN
K900-YL
J1939 DATA LINK -
J1939 DATA LINK +
E793-BU
E794-YL
9
8
P1 J1
+BATTERY
-BATTERY
J1587 DL-
J1587 DL+
C
E
D
F
B
A
ECM
Wiring DIagram 39
Note: The above connector is gray in color and connects directly to the Caterpillar # 139-4166 Service Tool Cable.
22.1.1 SAE J1587 Data Link Broadcast Parameters
SAE J1708/J1587 data link parameters, parameter identifiers (PIDs), size, scaling, and broadcast period for C7
and C9 engines are as follows:
Message Identifier (MID) 128 [engine control MID]
E793-BU
E794-YL
9
8
P1 J1
+
BATTERY -
BATTERY
J1587 DL-
J1587 DL+
B
A
G
F
H
J
C
ECM
42
34
50
J1939 DATA LINK -
J1939 DATA LINK +
A249-BK
K990-GN
K900-YL
J1939 DATA LINK -
J1939 DATA LINK +
Broadcast Period Parameter Name PID Size Scaling per Bit
0.1 sec Road Speed 84 1 0.5 mph
Cruise Control Set Speed 86 1 0.5
Percent Accelerator Pedal Position 91 1 0.4
Percent Engine Load 92 1 0.5
Power Take Off Set Speed 187 2 0.25
Engine Speed 190 2 0.25
0.2 sec Engine Status 2 1 Bit Code
Cruise Control Status 85 1 Bit Code
Engine Retarder Switches Status 40 1 Bit Code
Engine Retarder Status 121 1 Bit Code
Fuel Rate 183 2 4.34 10-6 gal
Instantaneous Fuel Economy 184 2 1/256 mpg
1.0 sec Parking Brake Status 70 1 Bit Code
Idle Shutdown Status 71 1 Bit Code
Road Speed Limit Status 83 1 Bit Code
Power Take Off Status 89 1 Bit Code
Engine Oil Pressure 100 1 0.125 PSI
Boost Pressure 102 1 0.125 PSI
Inlet Manifold Pressure 105 1 1 DEG F
Coolant Temperature 110 1 1 DEG F
Injection Actuation Pressure 164 2 1/256 Mpa
ECM Battery Voltage 168 2 0.05
Engine Diagnostic 194 Variable PID/SID & FMI
10.0 sec Cruise Control Set Speed 86 1 0.5 mph
Atmospheric Pressure 108 1 0.0625 PSI
Average Fuel Economy 185 2 1/256 mpg
Power Take Off Set Speed 187 2 0.25 rpm
Total Miles 245 4 0.1 miles
On Request Retarder Inhibit Status 62 1 Bit Code
Road Speed Limit 74 1 0.5 mph
High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit 87 1 0.5 mph
Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit 88 1 0.5 mph
Rated Horse Power 166 2 1.0 BHP
Engine Idle RPM Speed 188 2 0.25 rpm
Engine Rated RPM Speed 189 2 0.25 rpm
Software Identification (Cat P/N) 234 10 ASCII Char.
Total Idle Hours 235 4 0.05 hours
Total Idle Fuel Consumption 236 4 0.05 hours
Vehicle Identification 237 17 ASCII Char.
Total Engine Hours 247 4 0.05 hours
Total Engine PTO Hours 248 4 0.05 hours
Clock 251 3 Char 1 = 0.25 sec/bit
Char 2 = 1 min/bit
Char 3 = 1 hr/bit
Date 252 3 Char 1 = 0.25 day/bit
Char 2 = 1 month/bit
Char 3 = 1 year/bit
Total Fuel Consumption 250 4 0.125 gal
22.1.2 Bit Code Definition
On Request Component Identification 243 21 ASCII Char.
(Sent as a multi- Message #1
packet message) Byte 1- MID = 128
Byte 2- PID for multi-packet message = 192
Byte 3- number of characters following = 16
Byte 4- Requested PID 243 = 243
Byte 5- Last and current section number = 16
Byte 6- Byte count of total data portion = 21
Byte 7-19 PID 243 data portion = 128,
ASCII Characters = CTRPL*C7 or CTRPL*C9
Byte 29 Checksum
Message #2
Byte 1- MID = 128
Byte 2- PID for multi-packet message = 192
Byte 3- number of characters following = 11
Byte 4- Requested PID 243 = 243
Byte 5- Last and current section number = 17
Byte 6- Byte count of total data portion = 8
Byte 7-14 PID 243 data portion = 128,
ASCII Characters = C7 or C9
Byte 15- Checksum
Status Definition: Parameter Name Indication Indication
Engine Status Code
Definitions (PID 2):
Bit 7 undefined 0 = not active 1 = active
Bit 6 Powertrain Data Link 0 = not active 1 = active
Bit 3 Cold Mode 0 = not active 1 = active
Bit 2 Road Speed Limit 0 = not active 1 = active
Bit 1 Top Engine Limit 0 = not active 1 = active
Bit 0 Engine Shutdown 0 = not active 1 = active
Bit code definitions for Cruise Control Status (PID 85), Exhaust Brake Status (PID 121), Parking Brake Switch
(PID 70), Idle Shutdown Status (PID 71), Road Speed Limit Status (PID 83), and Power Take Off Status (PID 89)
are as per SAE J1587 definitions.
NOTE: The Caterpillar service tools follow the SAE/ATA J1587 and J1708 standards in all communications. Service
tool interfacing is done using the escape provision defined in SAE J1587. The escape information is considered
proprietary and is, therefore, not described here.
22.2 SAE J1939 Data Link
The SAE J1939 data link is supported on all Caterpillar On-Highway Truck Engines and must be enabled through
Customer Programmable Parameter programming. This data link can be used for communications with the
transmission, anti-lock brake systems (ABS), traction control (TC) systems, instrument clusters and other devices
that use that use SAE J1939 communications protocol. Contact Caterpillar for new application assistance.
Wiring DIagram 40
1) Data link connection to power train components.
1) Powertrain Data Link parameter programmed to J1939.
The Powertrain Data Link parameter should be programmed to match the configuration of the vehicle.
If no J1939 support is required, Program the Power Train Datalink parameter to NONE.
Caterpillar electronic service tools have the capability to temporarily disable the Powertrain Data Link for
dynamometer or other diagnostic testing purposes.
Caterpillar recommends that J1939 wiring be added to the engine diagnostic connector. This will allow for
service tool support.
Figure 39
DEUTSCH 9-TERMINAL CAB CONNECTOR
Does not require an Adapter Harness for
connection to the 139-4166 Service Tool Cable
J1587 DATA LINK -
A F
C
G
H
J
D
B
E
+BATTERY
-BATTERY
J1587 DATA LINK +
J1587 DATA LINK -
A F
C
G
H
J
D
B
E
DEUTSCH J1939 CAB CONNECTOR
+BATTERY
-BATTERY
J1587 DATA LINK +
Requires 157-4829 Adapter Harness for
connection to the 139-4166 Service Tool Cable
J1939 DATA LINK -
J1939 DATA LINK +
J1939 DATA LINK +
J1939 DATA LINK -
TO J1939 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
42
34
50
P1 J1
J1939 DATA LINK -
J1939 DATA LINK +
ECM
A249-BK
K990-GN
K900-YL
22.2.1 SAE J1939 Data Link Broadcast Messages
The following tables list J1939 broadcast messages currently supported by the ECM. The Powertrain Datalink
parameter must be programmed to J1939 (Default = None) to enable communications. Broadcast messages
will default to a priority of 6 unless the SAE specification specifies a higher priority (EEC#1 has a priority of 3).
Messages that are broadcast as a result of a request will have a priority of 2.
Medium Duty Engine J1939 Broadcast Messages
PGN $E000 (57,344) CM #1
Source Address: $0 Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 1s Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: N/A
SAE section: SAE J1939-71
Notes: Source can be the transmission or if Fan Override Switch is programmed to J1939_Cab_Controller,
J1939_Body_Controller or J1939_Instrument_Cluster.
Switch on >= 95.2 %.
PGN $F000 (61,440) Electronic Retarder Controller #1 : ERC#1
Source Address: $29 (41) Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 100 ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Data Page: 0 On request service: Yes
Notes: Only the Retarder enable-brake assist switch information is used, if the exhaust brake switch is
installed and programmed. If the Exhaust Brake/Warm up feature is programmed to None, all message
fields will be set to $FF.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Retarder enable-shift assist switch (SPN 572)
Not Supported
6 5 Retarder enable-brake assist switch (SPN 571)
00 Retarder brake assist disabled
01 Retarder brake assist enabled
11 not used
4 1 Engine/Retarder torque mode (SPN 900)
0000 Low idle governor/no request
0001 Accelerator pedal/operator selection
0010 1111 Not Supported
2 8 1 Actual Retarder Percent torque (SPN 520)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125% 125%
$FE Error Indicator
$FF Not used
3-8 8 1 Not Supported
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Requested Percent Fan speed (SPN 986)
Resolution: 0.4 %/bit gain, 0 % offset
Data range: 0 100 %
0 94.8% = OFF (00 ED)
95.2 100% = Fan On (EE FA)
100.4 101.6% = DIAG/OFF (FB FE)
$FF Not unused
2 8 8 1 Not Supported
Medium Duty Engines J1939 Broadcast Messages (continued)
PGN $F003 (61,443) Electronic Engine Controller #2 : EEC#2
SAE section: 5.3.6 (SAE J1939-71)
Notes: Percent load at current speed is heavily filtered and includes hysteresis, IF the transmission style
is programmed to any automatic option.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Not defined
6 5 Road speed limit status (SPN 1437)
00 active
01 not active
4 1 Not Supported
2 8 1 Accelerator pedal (AP) position (SPN 91)
Resolution: 0.4%/Bit gain, 0% Offset
Data range: 0 100%
$FF Not used
3 8 1 Percent load at current speed (SP 92)
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, 0% Offset
Data Range: 0 125%
$FF Not used
PGN $F004 (61,444) Electronic Engine Controller #1 : EEC#1
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 5 Not defined
4 1 Engine/Retarder torque mode (SPN 899)
0000 Low idle governor/no request
0001 Accelerator pedal/operator selection
0010 Cruise control
0011 PTO governor
0100 Road speed governor
0101 ASR control
0110 Transmission control
0111 ABS control
1000 Torque limiting
1001 High speed governor
2 8 1 Drivers demand engine percent torque (SPN 512)
Only if Governor Programmed to Min/Max governor
Resolution: 1%/Bit gain, -125% Offset
Data Range: -125 125%
$FF Not used
3 8 1 Actual engine percent torque (SPN 513)
$FF Not used
4 5 8 1 Engine speed (SPN 190)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/Bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data range: 0 8031.875 rpm
$FFFF Not used
8 8 1 Engine demand percent torque (SPN 899)
Use of the Engine Torque Mode is discouraged for critical
subsystem performance purposes.
$FF Not used
PGN $FEBE (65,214) EEC#4
Repetition rate: On Request Data length: 8 Bytes
PGN $FEC0 (65,216) Service
Repetition rate: 5000ms Data length: 8 Bytes
Notes: The Repetition rate is not j1939 spec compliant. This message is connected to the Maintenance
Indicator Mode configuration. If it is programmed to off, the service distance and the service operational
hours are set to some default values. 4000 h and 16125 km. The service component ID supports engine
oil only. (ID 32)
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Service component identification (SPN 911)
Resolution: 1 Component ID/bit gain, 0 offset
Data range: 0 250
$FF Not used
2 3 8 1 Service distance (SPN 914)
Resolution: 5 km/bit gain, -160635 km offset
Data range: -160636 160640 km
$FFFF Not used
6 8 1 Service component identification (SPN 912)
Resolution: 1 Component ID/bit gain, 0 offset
Data range: 0 250
$FF Not used
7 8 8 1 Service delay/operational time based (SPN 916)
Resolution: 1h/bit gain, -32127 h offset
Data range: -32127 32128 h
$FFFF Not used
Byte Bits Parameter
1 2 8 1 Rated Engine Power (SPN 166)
3 4 8 1 Rated Engine Speed (SPN 189)
5 8 8 1 Not Defined
PGN $FECA (65,226) DM1
Repetition rate: 1000ms Data length: variable
Notes: Broadcast every second, not on fault status change. The maximum supported fault code number is
limited to 10 and will be prioritized equal to the service tool priority for ATA fault codes. If no fault is active
this message will not be broadcast. Only Public fault codes will be transmitted.
PGN $FEDB (65,243) Engine Fluid Level/Pressure #2
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
1 2 8 1 Injection control pressure (SPN 164)
Resolution: 1/256 MPa/Bit gain, 0 MPa Offset
Data range: 0 252 MPa
$FFFF Not used
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Not Supported
6 5 Red Stop Lamp Status
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4 3 Amber Warning lamp Status
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2 1 Protect Lamp Status
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2 8 1 Reserved
$FF Not used (default)
3 8 1 SPN, 8 least significant bits of SPN
$FF Not used
4 8 1 SPN, second byte of SPN
$FF Not used
5 8 6 SPN, 3 most significant bits of SPN
5 1 FMI
$FF Not used
6 8 SPN Conversion
7 1 Occurrence Count
$FF Not used
PGN $FEDF (65,247) Electronic Engine Controller #3 : EEC#3
PGN $FEE0 (65,248) Vehicle Distance (VD)
Source Address: $31, 28, $21, $17, or $3 Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 100 ms Data Length: 8 bytes
SAE section: SAE- J1939-71
Byte Bits Parameter
1 4 8 1 Not supported
5 8 8 1 Total Vehicle Distance (SPN 245)
Resolution: 0.125 km/bit, 0 offset
Data Range:0 to 526,385,151.9 km
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Nominal friction percent torque (SPN 514)
$FF Not used
2 3 8 1 Engines desired operating speed (SPN 515)
$FFFF Not used
Caterpillar truck engines, which use the full range
engine speed governing option, will have
comprehensive support of this byte. Caterpillar truck
engines which are configured to use the available
MinMax governor, will support this parameter are
relevant to engine operation.
PGN $FEE1 (65,249) Retarder Configuration
Notes: If the Exhaust Brake/Warm up feature is programmed to None, this message will not be available.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 5 Retarder location (SPN 902)
0000 Not Supported
0001 Engine exhaust brake
4 1 Retarder Type (SPN 901)
0100 Exhaust
2 8 1 Retarder control method (SPN 557)
Resolution: 1 step/bit gain, 0 step offset
Data range: 0 = continuous control
1 = On/off control
2 250 = Not Supported
$FF Not used
17 18 8 1 Reference Retarder Torque (5.2.1.49)
Resolution: 1 Nm/bit gain, 0 Nm offset
Data range: 0 64255 Nm
$FFFF Not used
19 8 1 Not Supported
PGN $FEE3 (65,251) Engine Configuration
Byte Bits Parameter
1 2 8 1 Engine speed at idle, point 1 (SPN 188)
$FFFF Not used
3 8 1 Percent Torque at idle, point 1 (SPN 539)
$FF Not used
4 5 8 1 Engine speed at point 2 (SPN 528)
$FFFF Not used
6 8 1 Percent Torque at point 2 (SPN 540)
$FF Not used
$FFFF Not used
$FF Not used
$FFFF Not used
$FF Not used
$FFFF Not used
$FF Not used
16 17 8 1 Engine speed at high idle, point 6 (SPN 532)
$FFFF Not used
PGN $FEE3 (65,251) Engine Configuration (continued)
Byte Bits Parameter
20 21 8 1 Reference engine torque (SPN 544)
Resolution1 Nm/bit gain, 0 Nm offset
Data range: 0 64255 Nm
$FFFF Not used
22 23 8 1 Maximum momentary engine override speed, point 7 (SPN 533)
$FFFF Not used
24 8 1 Maximum momentary engine override time limit (SPN 534)
Resolution: 0.1 s/bit gain, 0 s offset
Data range: 0 25 s
$FF Not used
31 32 8 1 Engine inertia
Resolution: 0.004 kgm
2
/Bit gain, 0 kgm
2
offset
Data range: 0 257.02 kgm
2
$FFFF Not used
33 35 8 1 Default Engine Torque
Medium Duty J1939 Broadcast Messages (continued)
PGN $FEE4 (65,252) Shutdown
Repetition rate: 1 s Data length: 8 Bytes
Notes: Only byte 2 bits 8-7 will be supported when no shutdown timer is configured. Both Idle Shutdown timer
and PTO Idle shutdown timer will be supported by this message.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Idle Shutdown Timer State (SPN 590)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
6 5 Idle Shutdown Timer Override (SPN 592)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4 3 Idle Shutdown Driver Alert Mode (SPN 594)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2 1 Idle Shutdown has shutdown Engine (SPN 593)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2 8 7 Idle Shutdown Timer function (SPN 591)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
6 1 Not Supported
3 8 1 Not Supported
4 8 3 Not Supported
2 1 Wait to Start Lamp
PGN $FEE5 (65,253) Engine Hours/Revolutions
Repetition rate: on request only Data length: 8 Bytes
Notes:
PGN $FEE7 (65,255) Vehicle Hours
Notes:
PGN $FEE9 (65,257) Fuel Consumption (Liquid) (LFC)
Source Address: $31, $21, $28, $19, $17, $3 Priority: 6
Repetition rate: On Request Only Data length: 8 Bytes
Byte Bits Parameter
1 4 8 1 Not supported
5 8 8 1 Total Fuel Used (SPN 250)
Resolution: 0.5 L/bit, 0 offset
Data Range: 0 to 2,105,540,607.5 L
Byte Bits Parameter
5 8 8 1 Total PTO hours (SPN 248)
Resolution: 0.05 h/bit gain, 0 h offset
Data range: 0 to 210554060.75 h
$FFFFFFFF Not used
Byte Bits Parameter
1 4 8 1 Total Engine Hours (SPN 247)
Resolution: 0.05 h/bit gain, 0 h offset
Data range: 0 to 210554060.75 h
$FFFFFFFF Not used
5 8 8 1 Total Engine revolutions (SPN 249)
Resolution: 1000 r/bit gain, 0 r offset
Data range: 0 to 4211081215000 r
$FFFFFFFF Not used
PGN $FEEB (65,259) Component ID
Notes:
Fields with less than 5 characters are filled with a space ($20)
Note 1 = Engine Serial Number
Note 2 = Vehicle ID
PGN $FEEC (65,260) Vehicle Identification
Notes: The ASCII character * is reserved as a delimiter.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 17 8 1 Vehicle identification Number (SPN 237)
Resolution: ASCII
Data range: ASCII
$FFFF Not used
Field C7 C9 C10 C12 C15 C16
A CTRPL CTRPL CTRPL CTRPL CTRPL CTRPL
B C7 C-9 C-10 C-12 C-15 C-16
C Note 1 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1
D Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
Field * Delimited Information
A Make (SPN 586)
B Model (SPN 587)
C Serial Number (SPN 588)
D Unit Number (SPN 233)
PGN $FEED (65,261) Cruise control/Vehicle speed setup
PGN $FEEE (65,262) Engine Temperature
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Engine coolant Temperature (SPN 110)
Resolution: 1 C/bit gain, -40 C offset
Data range: -40 210 C
$FF Not used
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Maximum vehicle speed limit (SPN 74)
Resolution: 1 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 250 km/h
$FF Not used
2 8 1 Cruise control high set limit speed (SPN 87)
$FF Not used
3 8 1 Cruise control low set limit speed (SPN 88)
$FF Not used
4 8 8 1 Not defined
PGN $FEEF (65,263) Engine Fluid Level/Pressure
Notes: This message will only be active, if the engine oil pressure sensor is installed or a coolant level sensor
is programmed. The coolant level message will reflect the diagnostic status for the coolant level. 100% for
coolant level OK, 50% for coolant level Low and 0% for coolant level Very Low.
PGN $FEF0 (65,264) Power Takeoff Information
Byte Bits Parameter
6 8 5 Not Supported
4 3 PTO Set Speed Input A
2 1 PTO enable switch (SPN 980)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
7 8 7 Not Supported
6 5 PTO resume switch (SPN 982)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4 3 Not Supported
2 1 PTO set switch (SPN 984)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
8 8 1 Not Supported
Byte Bits Parameter
4 8 1 Engine oil pressure (SPN 100)
Resolution: 4 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 1000 kPa
$FF Not used
8 8 1 Coolant Level (SPN 111)
Resolution: 0.4%/bit gain, 0% offset
Data range: 0 100%
$FF Not used
PGN $FEF1 (65,265) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed
Notes: To get the engine Test mode switch & Cruise Pause switch information, the I/O has to be programmed
to one of the J1939 options. It is only supported over J1939. The Cruise Accelerate and Coast switch
functionality is depending on its configuration too. (J1939 or hard wired)
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Not defined
6 5 Cruise Pause switch (SPN 1633)
00 Cruise Pause switch not set
01 Cruise Pause switch set
4 1 Not Supported
2 3 8 1 Wheel base vehicle speed (SPN 84)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit gain, 0 km/h offset
Data range: 0 250.996 km/h
$FFFF Not unused
4 8 7 Clutch switch (SPN 598)
00 Clutch pedal released
01 Clutch pedal depressed
11 Not used
6 5 Brake switch (SPN 597)
00 Brake pedal released
01 Brake pedal depressed
11 Not used
4 3 Cruise control enable switch (SPN 596)
00 Cruise control disabled
01 Cruise control enabled
11 Not used
2 1 Cruise control active (SPN 595)
00 Cruise control switch off
01 Cruise control switch on
11 Not used
PGN $FEF1 (65,265) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed (continued)
Byte Bits Parameter
5 8 7 Cruise control accelerate switch (SPN 602)
00 Cruise accelerate switch off
01 Cruise accelerate switch on
6 5 Cruise control resume switch (SPN 601)
00 Cruise resume switch off
01 Cruise resume switch on
4 3 Cruise control coast switch (SPN 600)
00 Cruise coast switch off
01 Cruise coast switch on
2 1 Cruise control set switch (SPN 599)
00 Cruise set switch off
01 Cruise set switch on
6 8 1 Cruise control set speed (SPN 86)
$FF Not used
7 8 6 Cruise control state (SPN 527)
000 Off/Disabled
001 Hold
010 Accelerate
011 Decelerate/Coast
100 Resume
101 Set
110 Accelerator override
111 Not Used
5 1 111 Not Supported
8 8 7 Not Supported
6 5 Engine test mode switch (SPN 966)
00 Off
01 On
4 1 Not Supported
PGN $FEF2 (65,266) Fuel Economy
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
1 2 8 1 Fuel rate (SPN 183)
Resolution: 0.05 l/h/bit gain, 0 l/h offset
Data range: 0 3212.75 l
$FFFF Not used
3 4 8 1 Instantaneous Fuel economy (SPN 184)
Resolution: 1/512 km/l/bit gain. 0 km/l offset
Data range: 0 125.5 km/l
$FFFF Not used
5 6 8 1 Average Fuel economy (SPN 185)
Resolution: 1/512 km/l/bit gain. 0 km/l offset
Data range: 0 125.5 km/l
$FFFF Not used
PGN $FEF6 (65,270) Inlet/Exhaust Conditions
Notes:
PGN $FEF7 (65,271) Vehicle Electrical Power
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
5 6 8 1 Electrical potential (SPN 168)
Resolution: 0.05V/bit gain, 0V offset
Data range: 0 3212.75 V
$FFFF Not used
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Not Supported
2 8 1 Boost pressure (SPN 102)
Resolution: 2 kPa/bit gain, 0 kPa offset
Data range: 0 500 kPa
$FF Not used
3 8 1 Intake manifold 1 temperature (SPN 105)
Resolution: 1 C/bit gain, -40 C offset
Data range: -40 210 C
$FF Not used
22.2.2 SAE J1939 Data Link Received Messages
The following tables list all J1939 messages currently received by the ECM. The Powertrain Datalink parameter
must be programmed to the J1939 option to enable communications.
Medium Duty Engine J1939 Received Messages
PGN $0000 (0) Torque/Speed Control #1: TSC1
Transmission to Engine
Source Address: Transmission Priority: 3
Notes: Speed override commands are followed for 25 seconds
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Control bits
Not defined
6 5 Override control mode priority (SPN 897)
00 Highest priority
01 High priority
10 Medium priority
11 Low priority
4 3 Not Supported
2 1 Override control modes (SPN 695)
00 Override disabled
01 Speed control
10 Torque control
11 Speed limit/Torque limit control
2 3 8 1 Requested speed/Speed limit (SPN 898)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
$FFFF Not used
4 8 1 Requested torque/Torque limit (SPN 518)
Resolution: 1%/bit gain, -125% offset
Data range: 0 125 %
$FF Not used
5 8 8 1 Not defined
Medium Duty J1939 Received Messages (continued)
Transmission or ABS to Retarder
Source Address: $3, $B Priority: 3
Destination: Retarder ($ 0F) Data length: 8 Bytes
Repetition rate: 50 ms On request service: N/A
Data Page: 0
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Not Supported
00 Highest priority
01 High priority
10 Medium priority
11 Low priority
4 3 Not Supported
00 10 Not Supported
Data range: 0 125%
$FF Not used
5 8 8 1 Not defined
ABS to Engine
Source Address: ABS Priority: 3
Notes: Engine responds to torque limit commands only
PGN $E000 (65,213) CM #1
Source Address: $3, $31, $21 or $17 Priority: 6
Repetition rate: 1s Data length: 8 Bytes
Notes: Source can be the transmission, J1939_Cab_Controller, J1939_Body_Controller or
J1939_Instrument_Cluster. Switch on >= 95.2 %.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Requested Percent Fan speed (SPN 986)
Resolution: 0.4 %/bit gain, 0% offset
Data range: 0 100%
0 94.8% = OFF (00 ED)
95.2 100% = Fan On (EE FA)
100.4 101.6% = DIAG/OFF (FB FE)
$FF Not unused
2 8 8 1 Not defined
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Control bits
Not defined
00 Highest priority
01 High priority
10 Medium priority
11 Low priority
4 3 Not Supported
00 Override disabled
01 Speed control Not Supported
10 Torque control Not Supported
Data range: 0 125%
$FF Not used
5 8 8 1 Not defined
PGN $F001 (61,441) Electronic Brake Controller #1: EBC1
Source Address: Brakes Priority: 6
Repetition rate: Depends on sender Data length: 8 Bytes
SAE section:SAE J1939-71
Notes: Exhaust Retarder Switch on >= 95.2 %.
PGN $F002 (61,442) Electronic Transmission Controller #1: ETC1
Notes: Shift-In-Progress message is used to enhance cruise control. The engine Retarder will be disabled if
the status of the Torque converter lockup is disengaged. The output shaft speed is only used, if the vehicle
speed input is set to J1939_Transmission and the vehicle speed calibration parameter is programmed.
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 7 Not Supported
6 5 Shift In Progress (SPN 574)
00 Shift Not in Progress
01 Shift in Progress
4 3 Torque Converter Lockup Engaged (SPN 573)
00 Torque converter lockup disengaged
01 Torque converter lockup engaged
2 1 Not Supported
2 3 8 1 Output Shaft Speed (SPN 191)
Resolution: 0.125 rpm/bit gain, 0 rpm offset
Data Range: 0 8031.875 rpm
4 8 1 Not supported
5 8 3 Not Supported
2 1 Momentary engine over speed enable (SPN 606)
00 Momentary engine over speed disable
01 momentary engine over speed enable
11 Not Used
Byte Bits Parameter
5 8 1 Engine Retarder Selection (SPN 973)
Resolution: 0.4%/bit gain, 0% Offset
Data Range: 0-100%
$FF Not Used
PGN $F005 (61,445) Electronic Transmission Controller #2: ETC2
Notes: For Neutral, Bytes 1 and 4 must be ZERO
PGN $FE4A (65,098) Electronic Transmission Controller #7: (ETC7)
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Not Supported
2 8 7 Not Supported
6 5 Transmission Engine Crank Enable (SPN 2900)
00 Cranking disabled; engine cranking is prohibited
by the transmission
01 Cranking enabled; engine cranking is allowed
by the transmission
10 Error
11 Not available
4 1 Not Supported
3-8 8 - 1 Not Supported
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 1 Selected Gear (SPN 524)
Resolution: 1 gear value/bit, -125 offset
Data range: -125 +125
$FF Not used
4 8 1 Current Gear (SPN 523)
Resolution: 1 gear value/bit, -125 offset
Data range: -125 +125
$FF Not used
PGN $FE6E (65,134) High Resolution Wheel Speed
Source Address: ABS ($0b) Priority: 2
Notes: Vehicle Speed Input must to be programmed to J1939_ABS.
PGN $FEF0 (65,264) Power Takeoff Information
Source Address: $31, $21, $17 Priority: 6
Byte Bits Parameter
6 8 5 Not Supported
4 3 PTO Set Speed Input A
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
2 1 PTO enable switch (SPN 980)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
7 8 7 Not Supported
6 5 PTO resume switch (SPN 982)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
4 3 Not Supported
2 1 PTO set switch (SPN 984)
00 Off
01 On
11 Not used
8 8 1 Not Supported
Byte Bits Parameter
5 6 8 1 Rear Axle, left wheel speed (SPN 1594)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit, 0 km/h offset
$FFFF Not used
7 8 8 1 Rear Axle, right wheel speed (SPN 1595)
Resolution: 1/256 km/h/bit, 0 km/h offset
$FFFF Not used
PGN $FEF1 (65,265) Cruise Control/Vehicle Speed
Source Address: $31, $21, $17 Priority: 6
Notes:
Byte Bits Parameter
1 8 5 Not Supported
6 5 Cruise Pause switch (SPN 1633)
00 Cruise Pause switch not set
01 Cruise Pause switch set
11 Not used
4 1 Not Supported
4 8 7 Clutch switch (SPN 598)
00 Clutch pedal released
01 Clutch pedal depressed
11 Not used
6 5 Brake switch (SPN 597)
00 Brake pedal released
01 Brake pedal depressed
11 Not used
4 3 Cruise control enable switch (SPN 596)
00 Cruise control disabled
01 Cruise control enabled
11 Not used
2 1 Not Supported
5 8 7 Cruise control accelerate switch (SPN 602)
00 Cruise accelerate switch off
01 Cruise accelerate switch on
11 Not used
6 5 Cruise control resume switch (SPN 601)
00 Cruise resume switch off
01 Cruise resume switch on
11 Not used
4 3 Cruise control coast switch (SPN 600)
00 Cruise coast switch off
01 Cruise coast switch on
11 Not used
2 1 Cruise control set switch (SPN 599)
00 Cruise set switch off
01 Cruise set switch on
11 Not used
6 8 1 Not Supported
7 8 1 Not Supported
8 8 7 Not Supported
6 5 Engine test mode switch (SPN 966)
00 Off
01 On
4 1 Not Supported
23.0 Customer Specified Parameters
Customer Specified Parameters allow the truck owner to influence how a driver operates the vehicle. Some
parameters may affect engine operation in ways an inadequately trained driver does not expect. These parameters
may lead to power or performance complaints, even when the engine is performing to specification.
Customer parameters may be changed repeatedly as a customer changes his operation or as new drivers are
assigned to a truck. Customer Passwords (once programmed) are required to change these parameters.
The following is a brief description of the Customer Specified Parameters. Along with each are the available values
for the parameter and the default value. The parameter value shown in bold is the programmed setting that will
disable a feature.
The tables show values in U.S. (or English) units (miles, mph, quarts), followed by an approximate range for its
metric (kilometers, km/h, liters) units counterpart. The exact range of the parameter in metric units depends upon
the Service Tool used because each Tool may use slightly different conversion factors.
23.1 Customer Parameter Lockout
This feature is available to restrict access to changing some available parameters. Locking out a parameter requires
Customer Passwords if they have been previously programmed. Once a parameter is locked out, Factory
Passwords are required to change the parameter or to unlock the parameter.
If a lockable parameter is not locked out, Factory Passwords are not required. A locked out parameter restricts the
parameter from being changed directly by the customer. This helps vehicle owners encountering problems with
operators obtaining Customer Passwords and tampering with the parameter configuration.
The following Customer Parameters are available for lockout using an Electronic Service Tool or VEPS:
Factory Passwords are also required to change a parameter from locked to unlocked. If all of the parameters are
locked out, and each one needs to be unlocked, only one Factory Password is required when the Parameter
Lockout screen is accessed on the Electronic Service Tool.
A/C Switch Fan On-Time Transmission Style
Battery Monitor & Engine Control Voltage Two Speed Axle Switch
Battery Monitor & Low Idle Engine Speed Vehicle ID
High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-ABS)
High Speed Range Axle Ratio Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-TRANS)
Low Speed Range Axle Ratio Vehicle Speed Calibration
Max PTO Vehicle Speed Vehicle Speed Limit
Soft Vehicle Speed Limit Vehicle Speed Limit Protection
Top Engine Limit
23.2 Selected Engine Rating
23.2.1 Rating Number
Rating number within a power family. The C7 an C9 do not support multiple ratings.
23.2.2 Vehicle ID
Identification of the vehicle assigned by the customer and used only for customer reference. The ECM does not
require this parameter. Up to seventeen alpha-numeric characters can be entered.
23.3 Truck Manufacturer Parameters
23.3.1 Truck Manufacturer
This parameter is not available for C9 engines. The C9 engine does not support GM designated parameters.
This parameter is used to configure the correct set of parameter options/ranges and defaults for the vehicle
application. The Truck Manufacturer parameter is Factory Programmed at Caterpillar to provide the same
functionality with one ECM and one set of Personality Module software. Factory Passwords are required to
change the parameter setting once it has been programmed. The following list of customer parameters identifies
the different options and/or defaults provided for both configurations listed below.
23.4 Vehicle Speed Parameters
23.4.1 Vehicle Speed Calibration
This calibration is used when the ECM is configured for use with a hardwired Vehicle Speed Sensor connected
to ECM Vehicle Harness Connector J1/P1 terminal 32 & 33. The ECM uses this value to scale the vehicle speed
signal into miles per hour. It is programmed in pulses per mile (PPM), which represents the number of pulses
produced per mile in the vehicle speed sensor by the teeth of the chopper wheel mounted on the transmission
output shaft. When the hardwired Vehicle Speed Input option is used (Vehicle Speed Input parameter programmed
to J1/P1:32 & 33), this parameter must be programmed or a Diagnostic Code 253-02 Check Customer Or System
Parameters (56) will occur. This parameter affects cruise control, the ECM speedometer signal, Trip Totals,
PTO operation, etc.
Truck Mfg Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID
Other 4000 PPM 383000 PPM Not
(2485 ppkm) (238080 ppkm) Programmed
GM 4000 PPM 383000 PPM 32000 FC5F
(2485 ppkm) (238080 ppkm) (19884)
Truck Mfg Default VEPS PID
GM, Other Not Programmed N/A
(Factory Programmed)
Alternative Default VEPS PID
17 Digits Not Programmed 60
(A-B, 0-9)
23.4.2 Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans)
This calibration is used when the ECM is configured to calculate Vehicle Speed based on Transmission Output
Shaft Speed information received via the J1939 datalink (Vehicle Speed Input parameter programmed to
J1939-Trans). This value represents the Transmission Output Shaft revolutions per mile. The ECM uses this value,
and the information received from the Transmission ECU via J1939 datalink (output shaft speed) to calculate
actual vehicle speed. When the J1939 Vehicle Speed option is used (Vehicle Speed Input parameter programmed
to J1939-Trans), this parameter must be programmed or a Diagnostic Code 253-02 Check Customer Or System
Parameters (flash code 56) will occur. This parameter affects cruise control, the ECM speedometer signal,
Trip Totals, PTO operation, etc.
23.4.3 Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939 ABS)
This calibration is used when the ECM is configured to calculate Vehicle Speed based on ABS wheel speed
information received via the J1939 datalink (Vehicle Speed Input parameter programmed to J1939-ABS). The ABS
manufacturer should be contacted to verify this message is supported. This value represents the ratio to ASSUMED
ABS tire revolutions per mile divided by the ACTUAL tire revolutions per mile. If the assumed tire size matches the
actual tire size, the Vehicle Speed Cal will be equal to 1. If the ABS assumed tire revolution per mile is not correct,
the vehicle speed cal is equal to the ACTUAL Tire Revolutions per mile/ABS ASSUMED Tire revolutions per mile.
ABS Assumed tire revolutions per mile = 500
Actual Tire revolutions per mile = 400
Vehicle Speed Cal = 400/500 = 0.800
Note: If the Vehicle Speed Input parameter is programmed to J1939-ABS, the Vehicle Speed Cal parameter
must be programmed or a Diagnostic Code 253-02 Check Customer Or System Parameters (56) will occur.
This parameter affects cruise control, the ECM speedometer signal, Trip Totals, PTO operation, etc.
23.4.4 Vehicle Speed Limit
Top vehicle speed the ECM will permit. The ECM will shut off fuel above this speed. An inexperienced driver may
think something is wrong with the engine, because the engine will not fuel above this vehicle speed limit. Vehicle
speed limiting allows implementation of a gear fast/run slow truck specification to further improve fuel economy
while limiting top vehicle speed.
GM 30 MPH 75 MPH 75 MPH 61
(48 km/h) (121 km/h) (121 km/h)
Other 30 MPH 127 MPH 127 MPH
(48 km/h) (204 km/h) (204 km/h)
Minimum Maximum Default VEPS PID
0 6.550 Not FCED
Programmed
0 PPM 65000 PPM Not FCEC
(0 rev/km) (43000 rev/km) Programmed
23.4.5 VSL Protection
Maximum engine rpm when there is an ECM detected vehicle speed signal problem. The ECM limits to this engine
rpm when it senses no vehicle speed signal, and the engine is loaded. This is a feature to deter tampering by
running without a Vehicle Speed input to the ECM.
NOTE: When this parameter is programmed to TEL rpm, diagnostic codes 84-01 Loss Of Vehicle Speed Signal (31)
and 84-10 Vehicle Speed Rate of Change (36) are disabled. When programmed this way, the VSL Protection can be
exceeded by disconnecting the Vehicle Speed Sensor.
23.4.6 Tachometer Calibration
The ECM uses this value to scale the engine speed signal into revolutions per minute for a tachometer. It is
programmed in pulses per revolution (ppr). Programmable range is from 2.0 to 500.0 in 0.1 ppr increments.
23.4.7 Soft Vehicle Speed Limit
This limit operates in conjunction with the Vehicle Speed Limit. It limits the vehicle speed from 2.5 mph (4 km/h)
below the programmed Vehicle Speed Limit at full load, to 2.5 mph (4 km/h) above the selected Vehicle Speed Limit
at no load.
23.4.8 High Speed Range Axle Ratio
This parameter must be programmed when the Two Speed Axle Switch parameter is programmed to other than
none. When a two-speed axle is used, the change in gear ratios from the main drive axle ratio to the low-speed
axle ratio alters the calibration of the vehicle speed input. This requires a calibration adjustment to ensure the
ECM driven speedometer and stored ECM information correctly reflect the actual vehicle speed. This parameter
should be programmed to the main drive axle ratio. If a two-speed axle is not used then this parameter does not
require programming.
0.00 19.99 0.00 FC5D
0.00 19.99 0.00 FC5E
Other 2.0 PPR 500.0 PPR 134.0 PPR C7
GM 530/540 2.0 PPR 500.0 PPR 17.5 PPR
GMT560 2.0 PPR 500.0 PPR 2.0 PPR
All 1700 rpm TEL rpm TEL rpm 66
23.5 Cruise Control Parameters
23.5.1 Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit
The lowest vehicle speed at which cruise control can be used. Programming this parameter to the maximum value
disables cruise control.
23.5.2 High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit
The highest vehicle speed at which Cruise Control can be set. Attempts to set a vehicle speed higher than this
value will result in the Cruise Set speed be equal to the High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit.
23.5.3 Exhaust Brake Mode
Determines operation of the Exhaust Brake while the cruise control On/Off switch is in the ON position, but the
engine is not in cruise control. This does not determine, or allow exhaust brake operation while the engine is
in cruise control.
Figure 40
SERVICE BRAKE
SERVICE BRAKE
ENGINE RETARDER
ENGINE RETARDER
APPLIED
APPLIED
RELEASED
RELEASED
OFF
ON
ON
"COAST" ENGINE BRAKE OPERATION
"LATCH" ENGINE BRAKE OPERATION
Other 20 mph 127 mph 127 PPR 62
(32 km/h) (204 km/h) (204 km/h)
GM 30 mph 75 mph 75 mph
(48 km/h) (121 km/h) (121 km/h)
Other 15 mph 127 mph 127 PPR 63
(24 km/h) (204 km/h) (204 km/h)
(40 km/h) (121 km/h) (40 km/h)
Allowable options are COAST, LATCH or MANUAL. When programmed to COAST, the exhaust brake is enabled
only while the service brakes are being applied. When programmed to LATCH, the exhaust brake stays enabled
after the service brakes are released. A direct, immediate pressure on the brake pedal latches the exhaust brake
ON. If programmed to MANUAL, the exhaust brake operates the same with the cruise control switch ON (but not
in Cruise) as when it is OFF.
23.5.4 Auto Retarder In Cruise
This is the vehicle speed above the Cruise Control Set Speed to engage the engine exhaust brake. This feature
is used to help maintain the Cruise Control Set Speed.
NOTE: The minimum value is 5 mph (8 km/h) if Soft Cruise is programmed to Yes.
NOTE: This feature is disabled if the Exhaust Brake/Warmup Device is programmed to None.
23.5.5 Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration
The configuration defines the function of Set/Resume for ACCEL and DECEL modes. This parameter applies
to cruise control, idle, and PTO modes.
Truck Mfg Alternatives Default VEPS PID
Other Set/Decel Res/Accel Set/Accel Res/Decel 62
GM Set/Accel Res/Decel Set/Decel Res/Accel
3 mph 10 mph 0 mph FC00
(5 km/h) (16 km/h) (0 km/h)
Alternative Default VEPS PID
Coast, Latch Manual A1
23.5.6 SoftCruise Control
SoftCruise Control provides a 5 mph (8 km/h) operating range around the cruise control set speed to provide
a smoother cruise control.
Figure 41
It controls the cruise speed from 2.5 mph (4 km/h) below the set vehicle speed at full load to 2.5 mph (4 km/h)
above the set vehicle speed at no load.
Other No Yes C5
GM Yes No
0
Vehicle Speed
Cruise Set
Speed
Or VSL
Available
HP
100%
5 MPH
Off
On
23.6 Idle Parameters
23.6.1 Idle Vehicle Speed Limit
This is the Maximum vehicle speed for setting or maintaining a set engine rpm in idle mode. Idle mode is entered
if the engine rpm is set using the cruise control On/Off switch along with Set/Resume. If the vehicle speed signal
exceeds this value, the engine will not maintain the set engine rpm.
23.6.2 Idle RPM Limit
This is the Maximum engine rpm while operating in idle mode. Idle mode occurs if the engine rpm is set using
the cruise control On/Off switch and the Set/Resume switch.
23.6.3 Idle/PTO Bump RPM
Determines the rpm increment/decrement when the Accel/Decel switches are briefly toggled. It also applies to both
dedicated PTO and idle. If a PTO Engine RPM Set Speed has been programmed the Idle/PTO Bump RPM applies
only to engine rpm control initiated using the Cruise Control On/Off circuit not the PTO On/Off circuit.
23.6.4 Fast Idle RPM #1
Fast Idle RPM #1 determines the preset Fast Idle engine rpm as controlled using the Fast Idle Enable Switch.
The operator can override this rpm. To override, depress the accelerator pedal until the desired rpm is reached,
and then depress the Fast Idle Enable Switch. This rpm will be the Fast Idle RPM #1 as long as the ECM is
powered up. This feature requires Input #18 connected to a Fast Idle Enable Switch and Output #9 programmed
for and connected to a Fast Idle Enabled Lamp.
700 rpm TEL rpm 1000 rpm C6
5 rpm 500 rpm 20 rpm F1
5 rpm/sec 1000 rpm/sec 50 rpm/sec C4
1 mph 15 mph 1 mph 64
(2 km/h) (24 km/h) (2 km/h)
23.6.5 Fast Idle RPM #2
Fast Idle RPM #2 determines a second preset Fast Idle engine rpm as controlled using the Fast Idle Enable Switch.
This rpm cannot be overridden within its programmable range by the operator. The ECM will increase from the
programmed Low Idle to Fast Idle RPM #1 the first time the Fast Idle Enable switch is depressed and released,
and then increase rpm to Fast Idle RPM #2 after the Fast Idle Enable switch is depressed and released the second
time. If the Fast Idle Enable switch is depressed and released a third time, the ECM returns to low idle, disabling
the Fast Idle. The default of 0 rpm disables this feature. This feature requires Input #18 connected to a Fast Idle
Enable Switch and Output #9 programmed for and connected to a Fast Idle Enabled Lamp.
23.6.6 Warm Up Mode Idle Speed
Determines the engine rpm while in warm up mode. The Warm Up Mode Idle Speed can be programmed
between 700 and 1400 RPM. The Warm Up Mode Idle Speed is activated if the sum of Coolant and Inlet Manifold
Air Temperature is less than 86F (30C). The warm Up Mode Idle Speed can be disabled by depressing the
service brake, clutch or by placing the transmission in gear from neutral (transmission style and Neutral switch
programming dependent). The engine Cold Elevated Idle can slowly ramp and return to the programmed Warm
Up Mode Idle Speed after being disabled.
23.7 Dedicated PTO Parameters
23.7.1 PTO Configuration
Determines the features available and inputs used for Dedicated PTO applications. OFF (default) indicates the
application does not use PTO. The remaining PTO programmable options require a PTO On/Off circuit connected
to ECM Input #1. Output #1 (ECM Connector J1/P1, terminal 30) can also be used as a PTO Switch On Lamp.
If programmed to Cab Switches the ECM will use the Cruise Control SET (J1/P1, terminal-35) and RESUME.
(J1/P1, terminal-44) switch inputs for PTO control and Cruise Control.
If programmed to Remote Switches the ECM will monitor the programmed inputs and ignore the cab controls when
the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
If programmed to Remote Throttle, the ECM will monitor Input #8 (J1/P1 terminal-68) for the remote accelerator
pedal. The ECM will monitor the programmed inputs and ignore the cab controls when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
Alternatives Default VEPS PID
Cab Switches, Off F3
Remote Switches,
Remote Throttle
700 rpm 1400 rpm 1000 rpm FE08
700 rpm TEL rpm 0 rpm FC42
23.7.2 PTO Top Engine Limit
The maximum engine RPM while in PTO. Top Engine Limit (TEL) limits this parameter. The PTO Configuration must
be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle before this parameter can be programmed.
23.7.3 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed
The desired engine RPM between Low Idle and PTO Top Engine Limit. The engine will operate at this rpm either
when the engine to operate when PTO mode is enabled (PTO To Set Speed programmed to Yes) or after the
Set Switch is toggled one time.
23.7.4 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A
The engine rpm the ECM will control the engine to when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON and the PTO Engine RPM
Set Speed Input A switch is ON. The RPM can be programmed to operate from Low Idle up to the PTO Top Engine
Limit RPM. While operating at this set speed, all other speed control inputs are ignored (Cab and Remote Throttle,
and the Set/Accel and Resume/Decel switches). This feature can also be used in conjunction with (and will
override) the PTO to Set Speed and PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B features for multiple speed PTO operation.
Any time the PTO On/Off circuit is ON and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A switch is ON, the engine will
only operate at this programmed speed, unless a condition is present to kickout PTO operation (brake or clutch
pedal depressed, PTO Vehicle Speed Limit exceeded, etc.). In the event that the PTO operation is kicked out,
the engine will return to low idle.
NOTE: The PTO Configuration parameter must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote
Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A parameter must be programmed to J1/P1: 46 for this feature
to function.
23.7.5 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B
The engine rpm the ECM will control the engine to when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON, the PTO Engine RPM
Set Speed Input B switch is ON and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A switch if OFF. The RPM can be
programmed to operate from Low Idle up to the PTO Top Engine Limit RPM. While operating at this set speed, all
other speed control inputs are ignored (Cab and Remote Throttle, and the Set/Accel and Resume/Decel switches)
except PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A. This feature can also be used in conjunction with (and will override)
the PTO to Set Speed feature for multiple speed PTO operation.
Any time the PTO On/Off circuit is ON, the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B switch is ON and the PTO Engine
RPM Set Speed Input A switch if OFF, the engine will only operate at this programmed speed, unless a condition
is present to kickout PTO operation (brake or clutch pedal depressed, PTO Vehicle Speed Limit exceeded, etc.).
In the event that the PTO operation is kicked out, the engine will return to low idle.
Programmed PTO TEL rpm 0 rpm FC8B
Low Idle rpm
Programmed PTO TEL rpm 0 rpm F2
Low Idle rpm
Programmed TEL rpm 0 rpm F0
Low Idle rpm
NOTE: The PTO Configuration parameter must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote
Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B parameter must be programmed to J1/P1:7 or J1/P1:23
for this feature to function.
23.7.6 PTO to Set Speed
The PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches or Remote Switches before this parameter can
be programmed. Programming this parameter to Yes will cause the engine to ramp at the programmed ramp rate
to the programmed PTO Set Speed when PTO is enabled. PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A or B will override this
feature. Programming this parameter to No (default) will prevent automatic engine RPM ramping when PTO
is enabled.
NOTE: This parameter is not available for the PTO configuration- Remote Throttle.
23.7.7 Maximum PTO Enable Speed
Maximum allowed engine speed that PTO mode will engage. PTO mode will engage when the engine rpm
is at or below this programmed value.
23.7.8 PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit
Determines the engine rpm limit of the Cab Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor when PTO Configuration is
programmed to Cab Switches and the PTO On/Off circuit is ON. This parameter is intended to prevent engine
overspeed while using dedicated PTO. It can be programmed to allow the Cab Throttle to exceed the programmed
PTO TEL during PTO operation, by programming it to TEL.
If programmed to Low Idle, the Cab Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor is ignored.
If programmed to TEL, the engine will operate to the programmed Top Engine Limit.
If programmed to PTO TEL, the engine will operate to the programmed PTO Top Engine Limit.
NOTE: PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches for this parameter to take effect. If PTO
Configuration is programmed to Remote Switches or Remote Throttle, the ECM will always ignore the Cab
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor when the PTO On/Off circuit is ON.
Low Idle, PTO TEL TEL F4
700 to TEL (rpm) TEL FCF6
Yes No F6
Programmed PTO TEL rpm 0 rpm FC8C
Low Idle rpm
23.7.9 PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit
Maximum vehicle speed for setting or maintaining a set engine rpm in PTO mode. PTO mode is entered if the
PTO On/Off switch is ON (uses Input #1). If the vehicle speed signal exceeds this value, the engine will not
maintain the set engine rpm.
23.7.10 Maximum PTO Vehicle Speed
Maximum vehicle speed while in PTO mode. Engine will be derated to maintain this vehicle speed while in PTO mode.
23.7.11 Torque Limit
This is the maximum torque the engine is allowed to produce when the accompanying switch is closed.
PTO Configuration can be Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle. This feature should only
be used for temporary protection of equipment.
The dashed line in the following diagram indicates the programmed torque limit.
Figure 42
100 lb ft 2000 lb ft 2000 lb ft F7
(135 NM) (2712 NM) (2700 NM)
Engine Speed (rpm)
T
o
r
q
u
e
Programmed Torque Limit
(24 km/h) (204 km/h) (2 km/h)
(2 km/h) (204 km/h) (2 km/h)
23.7.12 PTO Shutdown Time
Time (in minutes) that engine will operate with the PTO On/Off circuit ON and no vehicle speed before shutting
down. Engine will only count this timer with no vehicle speed and the PTO On/Off circuit ON. The PTO Shutdown
Timer will not begin counting if the engine is in Cold Mode. This parameter requires PTO Configuration
programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches, or Remote Throttle for the timer to function.
NOTE: This feature does not remove vehicle power, and the ECM will remain powered.
23.7.13 PTO Activates Cooling Fan
Requires use of the ECM cooling fan circuit. The ECM will signal the cooling fan to continuous operation when the
PTO On/Off circuit is ON to reduce changes in load while being used for dedicated PTO applications. Setting this
parameter to Normal (default) indicates the fan will operate the same (dependent upon coolant temperature, etc.)
with the PTO On/Off circuit ON or OFF. PTO Configuration must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote
Switches, or Remote Throttle before this parameter can be programmed. Fan Control Type must also be
programmed to On-Off or Variable speed Option S.
23.7.14 PTO Output Activation Speed
Determines actual engine speed (-100 rpm) the PTO Active Output will be turned On. This feature is available on
Emergency Vehicle Horsepower ratings only.
23.8 Exhaust Brake Options
23.8.1 Exhaust Brake Configuration
Determines if the exhaust brake will act as a warm up device, exhaust brake retarder, warm up device and exhaust
brake retarder, or not operate at all.
NOTE: Programming this parameter to None will disable the output to the engine exhaust brake.
23.9 Engine/Gear Parameters
To promote progressive shifting and obtain the best fuel economy, the control system can be programmed to limit
engine speed for certain vehicle speed ranges. Each gear Engine RPM and Vehicle Speed parameter set should
be matched for the specific drive train for best performance.
Other & None, Warm Up Only, Exhaust Brake Only FE07
GM 530/540 Exhaust Brake
& Warm Up
GMT560 Warm Up Only, None
Exhaust Brake &
Warm Up,
Exhaust Brake Only
700 rpm 2640 rpm 700 rpm FED8
Continuous Normal F5
3 minutes 1440 minutes 0 minutes FC14
23.9.1 Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit
Engine rpm limited below Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit (Low Gear #1 Turn Off Speed). The engine will
accelerate at a slower rate when this limit is exceeded under normal driving conditions. This is to encourage
the driver to shift to the next highest gear.
23.9.2 Lower Gears Turn Off Speed
This is the Vehicle Speed where Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit (Low Gears #1 RPM Limit) is shut off. This must
be matched with Low Gear #1 RPM Limit to the specific drive train for best performance.
23.9.3 Intermediate Gears Engine RPM Limit
This is similar to Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit (Low Gears #1 RPM Limit) in that the engine will accelerate at
a slower rate when this RPM is exceeded under normal driving conditions. Typically programmed to slightly higher
rpm than the Low Gears #1 RPM Limit parameter.
23.9.4 Intermediate Gears Turn Off Speed
This is similar to Lower Gears Turn Off Speed (Low Gears #1 Turn Off Speed). Typically programmed to a slightly
higher vehicle speed than the Low Gears #1 Turn Off Speed parameter.
23.9.5 Gear Down Protection RPM Limit
Engine RPM Limit when vehicle speed is above Gear Down Protection Turn On Speed (High Gear Turn On
Speed). This is a hard limit. The ECM will not allow fuel to the engine above this limit. This is to encourage the
driver to shift into overdrive or top gear.
1700 rpm TEL TEL 6E
10 mph 50 mph 10 mph 6A
(16 km/h) (80 km/h) (16 km/h)
1500 rpm TEL TEL 6D
1 mph 15 mph 1 mph 69
(2 km/h) (24 km/h) (2 km/h)
1500 rpm TEL TEL 6C
23.9.6 Gear Down Protection Turn On Speed
Vehicle Speed where Gear Down Protection RPM Limit (High Gear RPM Limit) is ON. This must be matched
to the specific drive train for best performance. Above this vehicle speed limit the engine rpm will be limited by
the Gear Down Protection RPM Limit.
23.9.7 Top Engine Limit (TEL)
Maximum engine rpm when the engine is under load. The engine will still achieve Rated RPM under no load
conditions. This parameter is not programmable.
23.9.8 Low Idle Engine RPM
Minimum engine idle rpm.
23.9.9 Transmission Style
Indicates to the ECM the type of transmission installed in the vehicle. It is also used by the ECM to determine
whether or not to read inputs (brake switch #2, clutch, and neutral switches) and whether the Allison AT/MT/HT
transmission driver is used.
The Manual Option 1 & 2 selections require a clutch pedal position switch connected to ECM Connector J1/P1,
terminal-24 or a clutch switch message from one of the supported J1939 sources. The transmission selections with
a neutral switch require a transmission neutral switch connected to ECM Connector J1/P1, terminal-62 (Input #12)
or available from the J1939 data link. The transmission selections with two brake switches require a second brake
switch connected to ECM Connector J1/P1 terminal-64 (Input #13).
If an Allison Automatic Transmission is installed, this parameter must be programmed to AT/MT/HT Option 1,
AT/MT/HT Option 2, AT/MT/HT Option 3, or AT/MT/HT Option 4.
If any other automatic transmission is installed, this parameter should be programmed to Automatic Option 1,
Automatic Option 2, Automatic Option 3, or Automatic Option 4.
700 rpm 800 700 6F
Other 30 mph 127 mph 127 mph 6B
(48 km/h) (204/h) (204 km/h)
(48 km/h) (121 km/h) (121 km/h)
The Universal option for GM configurations controls all inputs/outputs as described above and requires the
appropriate jumper wires to be installed in the chassis wiring based on the type of transmission used in the vehicle.
23.9.10 AT/MT/HT Part Throttle Shift Speed
The Allison AT/MT/HT (non-electronic) transmissions require an input from the ECM to regulate transmission
shifting. The ECM monitors accelerator pedal position, engine speed, vehicle speed, load, and cruise control
status to determine if the transmission should use closed throttle or full throttle shift modulation. Programming
the Transmission Style parameter to AT/MT/HT Option 1, AT/MT/HT Option 2, AT/MT/HT Option 3, or AT/MT/HT
Option 4 activates ECM 7 Output #7 to control a shift interface relay connected to the Allison Electric Modulator.
This output does not control an Allison AT/MT/HT transmission with the ATEC control.
The Shift Modulation setting is selectable by programming the AT/MT/HT Part Throttle Shift Speed parameter.
Three different modulation settings are available: Low (80% Enable/65% Disable), Medium (70% Enable/55%Disable),
and High (60% Enable/45% Disable). The settings are based on the % Throttle required to either enable or disable
the relay output. The High setting will cause the transmission to remain in a lower gear longer (higher engine speed
before shift occurs). The Medium setting is a compromise between the Low and the High setting. Contact Allison
Transmissions regarding recommended settings of this parameter for your application.
Low (80% Enable/65% Disable), High (60% Enable/45% Disable) FCA5
Medium (70% Enable/55% Disable)
Other Automatic Option 1, Manual Option 1 7B
Automatic Option 2,
Automatic Option 3,
Automatic Option 4,
AT/MT/HT Option 1,
AT/MT/HT Option 2,
AT/MT/HT Option 3,
AT/MT/HT Option 4
GM 530/540 Automatic Option 1, Universal
Automatic Option 2,
Automatic Option 3,
Automatic Option 4,
AT/MT/HT Option 1,
AT/MT/HT Option 2,
AT/MT/HT Option 3,
AT/MT/HT Option 4
Manual Option 1,
Manual Option 2
GMT560 Automatic Option 1, Manual Option 2
Automatic Option 2,
Automatic Option 3,
Automatic Option 4,
AT/MT/HT Option 1,
AT/MT/HT Option 2,
AT/MT/HT Option 3,
AT/MT/HT Option 4
Manual Option 1,
Manual Option 2
23.9.11 Starting Aid Output
This parameter is used to allow the engine to automatically control a starting aid (ether) system.
23.9.12 Governor Type
Indicates to the ECM the type of Governor that controls the engine. Select Full Range for manual transmissions
and electronically shifted manual transmission. Select Min/Max With Speed Control (recommended) or Min/Max
for automatic transmissions.
23.10 Transmission Neutral Start Interlock
23.10.1 Programmable Parameters
Transmission Neutral Start Interlock allow the engine ECM to monitor the J1939 ETC#7 message from the
transmission to either enable or disable the engine from cranking. The Engine Running Output must be
programmed to J1/P1:31 and the Power Train Data Link must be programmed to J1939 for this feature to function.
When programmed to Enabled, the ECM will listen to the ETC #7 message from the transmission.
If the ECM sees a Crank Enable (01) message from the transmission, the Engine Running Output will be turned
on and allow the engine to crank.
If the ECM sees a Crank Disable (00), Error (10), Not Available (11), or the message is not received, the Engine
Running Output will remain OFF, and the engine will not be allowed to crank.
A Diagnostic code of 226-14 will be active if the Neutral Start Interlock is programmed to Enabled and no
ETC #7 message is received from the transmission.
Programming the Neutral Start Interlock when the ETC #7 message is not broadcast or failure of the J1939 Data
Link occurs, the engine will not start under any conditions.
This feature is only available for Truck Manufacturer of GM, and Truck Model Type of GM560.
23.11 Timer Parameters
23.11.1 Idle Shutdown Time
Time (in minutes) that engine will idle before shutting down. Engine will only shut down if ECM senses low engine
load and no vehicle speed. The Idle Shutdown Timer will not begin counting if the engine is in Cold Mode. If this
parameter is programmed to zero, this feature is disabled and the engine will idle until the ignition key switch is
in the OFF position.
NOTE: This feature does not shut down vehicle power. The ECM and vehicle will remain powered.
1 minute 1440 minutes 0 minutes FC13
Enabled Disabled FF36
Min/Max With Full Range FE06
Speed Control,
Min/Max
Automatic Off FCDA
23.11.2 Cold Mode Idle Shutdown Timer Enable
Determines if the Idle Shutdown System will operate if Engine Coolant Temperature is less than 38 DEG C
(100 DEG F) and the engine has been running less than 15 minutes.
When set to Disabled (default) the Idle Shutdown Timer will not operate if Engine Coolant Temperature is less than
38 Deg C (100 Deg F) and the engine has been running for less than 15 minutes. If the engine has been running
(between low idle and top engine limit) for 15 minutes, the Idle Shutdown Timer is enabled regardless of engine
coolant temperature.
When set to Enabled, the Idle Shutdown Timer will operate regardless of engine coolant temperature and engine
run time.
23.11.3 Allow Idle Shutdown Override
Determines if the clutch or service brake can be used to override the idle shutdown timer during the driver alert
(in the last 90 seconds when the Check Engine Lamp begins flashing). Requires Idle Shutdown Time to be
programmed in the 1 to 1440 minute range to function (0=OFF).
23.11.4 A/C Switch Fan On-Time
The ECM has a timer built in to prevent excessive cycling of the cooling fan clutch due to successive cycling of the
A/C switch input. Programming this parameter to 0 disables the function. Programming depends upon refrigerant
and A/C system design as well use of the input. Program the timer to 1 second for connection of this input to
another system also providing a time delay. This feature requires Fan Control Type programmed to either On-Off
or Variable Speed Fan Option S and the A/C High Pressure Switch parameter programmed to J1/P1: 41.
23.11.5 Fan with Engine Brake On
Fan with Engine Brake On determines if the Cooling Fan will come ON when the Exhaust Brake has been active
for at least two seconds. This feature requires the Fan Control Type programmed to On-Off or Variable Speed Fan
Option S. The fan will be FULL on when programmed to Variable Speed Fan Option S.
Yes No 4E
0 seconds 600 seconds 0 seconds C0
No Yes 4F
Enabled Disabled FEF7
23.12 Smart Idle Parameters
23.12.1 Battery Monitor & Engine Control Voltage
This parameter is used to determine the voltage trip point below which the Battery Monitor and Engine Speed
Control System will automatically elevate engine idle to the engine RPM specified in the Battery Monitor & Low Idle
Engine Speed parameter.
NOTE: This feature requires the installation of a Neutral Switch (J1/P1 terminal-62 (Input #12) or a SAE J1939
based message) if the Transmission Style parameter is programmed to AT/MT/HT Option 3, or AT/MT/HT Option 4.
23.12.2 Battery Monitor Low Idle Engine Speed
This parameter is used to determine what speed the engine will increase to if the battery voltage is below
the Battery Voltage & Engine Control Voltage trip point.
23.13 Engine Monitoring Parameters
23.13.1 Engine Monitoring Mode
Determines the level of action taken by the ECM in response to a potential engine damaging condition. The ECM
reads the Caterpillar Coolant Temperature Sensor, and the OEM installed Coolant Level Sensor (if programmed).
23.13.2 Engine Monitoring Lamps
This parameter determines the lamp requirements for the Engine Monitoring System. If programmed to the Warning
Lamp option, J1/P1 terminal-29 is available for connection of a red Warning Lamp. The Warning Lamp is used to
alert the operator that an engine problem is occurring, and indicate when the engine is being derated or shutdown
is impending.
For non-GM trucks, this parameter may be programmed to Option 1. This option allows up to three discrete lamp
outputs to be used for indicating specific engine problems. Option 1 configures J1/P1 terminal-29 for connection of
a Low Oil Pressure Warning Lamp, J1/P1 terminal-31 for connection of a High Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp
and J1/P1 terminal-30 for connection of a Low Coolant Level Warning Lamp. If the Coolant Level Sensor parameter
is programmed to No, then J1/P1 terminal-30 can be used to connect a PTO Switch On Lamp.
Other Derate, Shutdown Warning 7F
GM 530/540 Warning, Shutdown Warning
GMT560 Derate, Shutdown Derate
700 seconds TEL 1000 FCFF
0 seconds 25.5 Volts 0 FCD8
For GMT530 trucks, this parameter may be programmed to High Coolant Temp Warning Lamp. The optional setting
configures the ECM to provide an indication when engine coolant temperature is abnormally high. This circuit is
used to interface the GM Vehicle Shutdown System. When programmed to the High Coolant Temp Warning Lamp
setting, J1/P1:29 is not available for use as a Warning Lamp for the Caterpillar Engine Monitoring System.
23.13.3 Coolant Level Sensor
Determines if the ECM is to monitor a Coolant Level Sensor.
23.13.4 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
Determines if the engine ECM is to monitor an Oil Pressure Sensor. The Engine Oil Pressure Sensor is an optional
factory-installed option. C7 or C9 engines do not require this sensor because without sufficient oil pressure, the
engine will not run. The ECM will indicate a Very Low Oil Pressure condition if oil pressure drops below 4 psi.
23.13.5 Oil Level Switch Installation Status (GMT560 only)
Tells the engine ECM to monitor the Oil Level Switch input.
23.13.6 Primary Fuel Tank Capacity (GMT560 only)
Determines the capacity of the primary fuel tank in gallons.
25, 35, None 50 FCF1
Not Installed Installed FCE2
Other Installed None 7E
GM 530/540 None None
GMT560 None Installed
Other 4-Pin, 2 Wire Float None 7E
GM 530/540 4-Pin None
GMT560 4-Pin, None 2-Pin Switch
Other Option 1 Warning Lamps FCD2
GMT560 N/A N/A
GM 530/540 High Coolant Temp Warning Lamp
Warning Lamp
23.13.7 Secondary Fuel Tank Size (GMT560 only)
Determines the capacity of the secondary fuel tank in gallons
23.14 Maintenance Parameters
When programming with VEPS, the C8 parameter must be set to a 1 before programming C9, CA and CB.
23.14.1 Maintenance Indicator Mode
The ECM records data related to vehicle maintenance. If Distance is selected (Manual Distance or Automatic
Distance), then all maintenance indications (PM1, PM2, Coolant Flush/Fill) on the service tool will be displayed
in Distance.
If Hours is selected (Manual Hours or Automatic Hours), then all maintenance indications (PM1, PM2, Coolant
Flush/Fill) on the service tool will be in Hours. The ECM provides PM1 maintenance interval and last maintenance
information.
23.14.2 PM1 Interval (for Manual Maintenance Indicator Mode)
PM1 Interval allows a user-specified PM1 maintenance interval. This parameter (PM1 Interval) must be
programmed only if Maintenance Indicator Mode is programmed to Manual Distance or Manual Hours.
Manual Hours
100 750 250 CB
Manual Distance
5000 miles 35000 miles 15000 miles CA
(8047 km) (56327 km) (21140 km)
Other Manual Distance, Off C9
Manual Hours,
Automatic Distance,
Automatic Hours
GM 530/540 Manual Distance, Off
Manual Hours,
Automatic Distance,
Automatic Hours
GMT560 Manual Distance, Auto Distance
Manual Hours,
Automatic Distance,
Automatic Hours
25, 35, 50 None FCF2
23.14.3 PM1 Engine Oil Capacity (for Automatic Maintenance Indicator Mode)
The ECM can calculate the PM1 Interval based on fuel usage. This parameter must be programmed only if
Maintenance Indicator Mode is programmed to Automatic Distance or Automatic Hours. The Sump Capacity
influences the Maintenance Interval.
Example VEPS parameter file syntax:
P,C8,B,1,Maintenance Indicator Set
P,C9,B,man-distance, Maintenance Indicator Mode
P,CA,B,5000, Maintenance Indicator Manual Miles min
P,CB,B,750, Maintenance Indicator Manual Hours max
23.15 Trip Parameters
23.15.1 Dash PM1 Reset
This parameter determines if the Caterpillar Messenger display system can be used to reset the PM1 Maintenance
Interval. A CAT Messenger display system is required and the Maintenance Indicator parameter must be
programmed to one of the Manual or Automatic modes.
23.15.2 Dash Customer Parameters
This parameter determines if the Caterpillar Driver Information Display (CAT ID) can be used to reset the following
Customer Parameters: Soft Cruise, Fast Idle RPM #1, Fast Idle RPM #2, and Low Idle.
23.15.3 Theft Deterrent System Control
When used with a Theft Deterrent Password, this feature prevents the engine from starting unless the password
has been entered via the Caterpillar Driver Information Display (CAT ID). If programmed to YES, the operator must
first enter the password before the engine is shut down in order to enable the Theft Deterrent system, preventing
the engine from starting until the password is re-entered. If programmed to Auto-Enable, the Theft Deterrent system
is automatically enabled each time the engine is shut down, preventing the engine from starting until the password
is entered.
The engine can also be operated in Secure Idle mode by entering the Theft Deterrent password with the
engine operating at an idle condition, preventing the engine from accelerating above low idle until the password
is re-entered
Yes, None FC08
Auto-Enable
Alternatives Default VEPS PID VEPS Value
Yes No E0 A
Alternatives Default VEPS PID VEPS value
Yes No E0 P
Other 20 qts 60 qts 33 qts CC
(19L) (57 L) (31 L)
GM 20 qts 60 qts 22 qts
(19L) (57 L) (21 L)
23.15.4 Theft Deterrent Password
This password is required to start the engine or move the vehicle if the Theft Deterrent feature has been enabled.
Four characters are available for the password (Upper Case A-Z & 0-9). If the Theft Deterrent password is lost
or forgotten, a service tool and factory passwords are required to start the engine.
23.15.5 Quick Stop Rate
Determines the rate of vehicle speed change the ECM uses to record a Quick Stop Event Code and Quick Stop
Snapshot. Each Quick Stop Snapshot contains 60 frames of information with frame 45 being the Quick Stop
occurrence. There are 44 frames before the Quick Stop Event and 15 frames following the Quick Stop Event.
Each frame is separated by 1.0 second.
The most recent Quick Stop Snapshot is stored in the ECM memory. Each time another Quick Stop occurs the
ECM replaces the old Snapshot with the new one. The ECM also logs a diagnostic event code (maximum of
255 occurrences stored) for each Quick Stop Occurrence.
NOTE: The allowable range is from 0 -15 mph/s (0 24 km/h/s) (0 = OFF) but the recommended range is
from 3-15 mph/s (5 24 km/h/s). Programming the Quick Stop Rate too low will cause an excessive number
of Quick Stop Event Codes. If too many Quick Stop Event Codes are being logged, the Quick Stop Rate should
be increased to better detect the exceptions when they occur.
23.16 Input Selections
23.16.1 Fan Override Switch
This parameter denotes which J1939 source will broadcast a switch position for overriding the normal fan control.
When this override switch message is received (J1939 PGN 65,213, Byte 1, Bits 8-1), the ECM will disregard all
normal fan control parameters and will turn the fan On if programmed to ON/OFF or 100% Cooling if programmed
to Variable Speed Fan Option S. If not programmed to NONE, the Fan Override message from the transmission
is also supported.
J1939 Cab Controller, None FD01
J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Instrument Cluster
0 mph/second 128 MPH/second O mph/second FC0C
(205 kmh/second)
ECM Snapshot Frame Data
Engine RPM Vehicle Speed
Throttle Position Cruise Status
Clutch Switch Brake Switch
Range Default VEPS PID
Four Characters 0000 FC09
(A-Z, 0-9)
23.16.2 Transmission Neutral Switch
This parameter determines how the ECM will receive Neutral Switch status information. The Powertrain Data Link
parameter must be programmed to J1939 if this parameter is programmed to J1939.
23.16.3 Exhaust Brake Switch
The Exhaust Brake can be controlled by an On/Off Switch installed in the ECM Exhaust Brake Output circuit, or
by a switch circuit connected to the ECM Switch Input. If a switch is installed in the output circuit (switch used to
disable brake by opening output circuit), this parameter must be programmed to Not Installed. If a switch to sensor
common circuit is connected to the dedicated ECM Exhaust Brake Switch Input, this parameter must be
programmed to Installed.
23.16.4 Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch
An Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch input is available for applications requiring mobile use of the vehicle with a set
engine rpm that does NOT require the Brake or Clutch to disengage the engine rpm set speed. The parameter
must be programmed to J1/P1: 47 to enable this feature.
23.16.5 Two Speed Axle Switch
A Two Speed Axle Switch input is available for vehicles with two speed axles. When a two speed axle is used, the
change in gear ratios from the main drive axle ratio to the two speed axle ratio alters the calibration of the vehicle
speed signal. When the parameter is programmed to J1/P1:6 and the switch is in the ON position the ECM will
automatically adjust the vehicle speed calibration. This will ensure the ECM driven speedometer and ECM stored
information correctly reflect the actual vehicle speed.
J1/P1: 6 None FD23
J1/P1: 47 None FD05
J1/P1:16, None FD2B
J1939 Cab Controller,
J1939, J1/P1: 62 FD4B
None
23.16.6 Vehicle Speed Input
The ECM has an input circuit that can be used to connect a hardwired vehicle speed sensor (mag pick-up)
producing a differential input signal, or a single ended signal from an electronic control. To utilize this option, the
Vehicle Speed Input parameter must be programmed to the J1/P1:32 & 33 (default) option. When programmed
to J1939-Trans, the ECM will be configured to receive Vehicle Speed information from an Electronic Transmission
Control Unit via the J1939 datalink, if the Transmission is capable of supporting the J1939 ETC1 Broadcast
Message (PGN 61,442 Bytes 2&3). When programmed to J1939-ABS the ECM will respond to the Anti-Lock
Braking System and the J1939 High Resolution Wheel Speed Broadcast Message (PGN 65,134).
23.16.7 PTO Engine Shutdown Switch
The PTO Engine Shutdown Switch is used to shut down the engine while the engine is PTO mode and there
is no vehicle speed present. This parameter selects the input connection.
23.16.8 Torque limit Switch
The Torque Limit Switch parameter selects the input for enabling the programmed Torque Limit. This feature should
only be used for temporary protection of equipment.
23.16.9 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A
The PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A switch is used to control engine speed during PTO operation.
The PTO Configuration parameter must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote
Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A parameter must be programmed to a valid speed.
23.16.10 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B
The PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B switch is used to control engine speed during PTO operation.
The PTO Configuration parameter must be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote
Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B parameter must be programmed to a valid speed.
J1P1: 7, J1/P1: 23 None FD13
J1P1: 46 None FD13
J1P1: 23 None FD09
J1/P1: 7
J1P1: 23 None FD71
J1/P1: 7
J1939 Trans, None FD76
J1939 ABS
23.16.11 Diagnostic Enable
The Diagnostic Enable Switch input is used to cause the Check Engine Lamp to flash out the Flash Codes
of logged Diagnostic Codes.
23.16.12 PTO On/Off Switch
The PTO On/Off Switch is used when the PTO Configuration is programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or
Remote Throttle.
Note: Programming this parameter to a Non-existent J1939 source, even though the PTO Configuration parameter
is programmed to Off, will cause a 231-12 Diagnostic Code.
23.16.13 Remote PTO Set Switch
The Remote PTO Set Switch is used when the PTO Configuration is programmed to Remote Switches or
Remote Throttle.
23.16.14 Remote PTO Resume Switch
The Remote PTO Resume Switch is used when the PTO Configuration is programmed to Remote Switches
or Remote Throttle.
None, J1/P1: 60 FD11
None, J1/P1: 58 FD0F
J1939 Cab Controller, J1/P1: 56 FD0D
J1P1: 46, None FD0B
23.16.15 PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A
The switch is used to control engine speed during PTO operation. The PTO Configuration parameter must
be programmed to Cab Switches, Remote Switches or Remote Throttle and the PTO Engine RPM Set Speed
A parameter must be programmed to a valid speed.
The Cruise Control On/Off Switch parameter allows this input to be received either by a hardwired switch input
or over the J1939 network (J1939 PGN 65,265, Byte 4, Bits 4-3).
23.16.17 Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch
The Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch parameter is available to allow this input to be received either
by a hardwired switch inputs or over the J1939 network (J1939 PGN 65,265, Byte 5 Bits 8-1).
23.16.18 Cruise Control Pause Switch
The Cruise Pause Switch is only available from the J1939 Datalink (J1939 PGN 65,265, Byte 1, Bits 6-5).
23.16.19 A/C High Pressure Switch
This parameter enables an air conditioning system high-pressure switch to be used as an input for cooling
fan control. The A/C High Pressure Switch input is used to start the A/C Fan On Time timer.
None J1/P1: 41 FD7F
J1939 Cab Controller, None FD7F
J1939 Cab Controller, J1/P1: 35 & 33 FD27
J1939 Cab Controller, J1/P1: 59 FD25
J1/P1:46, None FD13
23.16.20 Service Brake Pedal Position Switch #1
This required switch input can be programmed to either a hard wired terminal or J1939 Message
(J1939 PGN 65,265, Byte 4, Bits 6-5).
23.16.21 Clutch Pedal Position Switch
This required switch input can be programmed to either a hard wired terminal or J1939 Message
(J1939 PGN 65,265, Byte 4, Bits 8-7).
23.16.22 A/C Fan Request Switch (GMT560 Only)
The fan ON condition is requested when the air conditioning compressor clutch is engaged.
23.17 Output Selections
23.17.1 Fan Control Type
This parameter is used to determine what type of fan (if any) the ECM is expected to control.
This parameter should be programmed to None if the ECM is not controlling the cooling fan.
23.17.2 Fast Idle Enabled Lamp
A Fast Idle Enabled Lamp parameter is available to turn ON outputs J1/P1: 31(default) or J1/P1: 21 when
Fast Idle #1 or #2 operation is active. This requires a momentary Fast Idle switch installed on Input #18 (J1/P1: 40)
and the Fast Idle RPM #1 to be programmed to a valid speed above low idle. J1/P1: 31 may not be used if the
Engine Monitoring Lamps is programmed to Option 1.
J1/P1: 21, None J1/P1: 31 FD49
On/Off PWM, None FC18
On/Off DC,
Variable Speed Option S
J1/P1: 41 J1/P1: 62 FD75
J1939 Cab Controller, J1/P1: 22 FD29
J1939 Cab Controller, J1/P1: 45 FD2D
23.17.3 Wait To Start Lamp
The Wait to Start Lamp parameter is used to turn a lamp ON when the Inlet Air Heater is ON and the engine
is not running. J1/P1: 31 may not be used if the Engine Monitoring Lamps is programmed to Option 1.
23.17.4 PTO Active Output Configuration
This output is turned On while the engine is actively in PTO mode.
23.17.5 PTO Switch On Lamp
The PTO Switch On Lamp parameter is used to enable a lamp output (J1/P1: 30) whenever the PTO switch
is closed. This parameter is not available when the Warning Lamp parameter is programmed to Option 1.
23.17.6 Change Oil Lamp
The Change Oil Lamp parameter is used to dedicate an output for indicating when the engine is in need
of an oil change. The change oil interval is determined by the Maintenance parameter values.
23.17.7 Engine Running Output (GMT560 Only)
This parameter is used to allow the ECM to drive a solenoid or relay to prevent the starter from being engaged
after the engine is running.
J1/P1: 31 None FD37
J1/P1: 30 None FD7D
None J1/P1: 30 FD3B
None J1/P1: 19 FD6D
J1/P1: 31, None FD7b
J1939
23.18 Passwords
23.18.1 Customer Password #1 and Customer Password #2
Customer Passwords can be programmed to protect against unauthorized parameter changes. Either one or
two passwords (eight alphanumeric characters each) can be used. When programmed, the ECM will require
the password(s) to be entered before a parameter can be changed. After entering the configuration screen,
the password(s) must only be entered one time in order to change one or several parameters. If the passwords
are lost or forgotten, obtaining Factory Passwords from an Authorized dealer can allow them to be viewed.
23.19 Data Link Parameters
23.19.1 Powertrain Data link
This parameter enables the ECM to communicate over the SAE J1939 data link. If the vehicle is not using
the data link for communication between the engine and another chassis system, this parameter should
be programmed to NONE.
NOTE: For GM trucks, a diagnostic code for a J1939 Data Link Fault (231-11 [58]) will occur if the Powertrain
Data Link parameter is set to J1939 without a SAE J1939 powertrain component ECM on the vehicle to
communicate with the engine ECM. With the GM configuration, the 231-11 fault will be disabled after five hours
if a J1939 Powertrain component is not connected to the ECM.
Other J1939 None FC0D
GM None J1939
Password #2
8 Alphanumeric Not Programmed 46
Characters Available
Password #1
8 Alphanumeric Not Programmed 45
Characters Available
C7 & C9 MEDIUM DUTY ENGINES
SYSTEM and CUSTOMER PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETERS
VEPS Parameter Available VEPS Range/Options Default
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
Selected Engine Rating
56 Rating Number Engine Power Engine Power Dependent Factory
Dependent Programmed
5A Rating Type Read Only Read Only Factory
Programmed
N/A Advertised Power Read Only Not Applicable to Factory
VEPS Programming Programmed
N/A Governed Speed Read Only Not Applicable to Factory
N/A Rated Peak Torque Read Only Not Applicable to Factory
N/A Top Engine Read Only Not Applicable to Factory
Speed Range VEPS Programming Programmed
N/A Test Spec Read Only Not Applicable to Factory
N/A Test Spec with Read Only Not Applicable to Factory
BrakeSaver VEPS Programming Programmed
ECM Identification Parameters
60 Vehicle ID 17 Characters 17 Characters Available 0000000000000
Available 0000
51 Engine Read Only Read Only Factory
Serial Number Programmed
0F ECM Read Only Read Only Factory
Serial Number Programmed
11 Personality Module Read Only Read Only Factory
Part Number Programmed
0A Personality Module Read Only Read Only Factory
Release Date Programmed
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
Security Access Parameters
N/A Total Tattletale Read Only Not Applicable to Not Programmed
VEPS Programming
57 Last Tool to Change Read Only Read Only Not Programmed
Customer Parameters
58 Last Tool to Change Read Only Read Only Not Programmed
System Parameters
Truck Manufacturer Parameters
N/A Truck Manufacturer Other Programmed at Caterpillar prior Factory
C7 Only GM to Engine Delivery. This parameter Programmed
determines the available parameter
range/options as specified.
FCF4 Truck Model Type GMT 530/540 GM 530/540,GM530/540, GMT 530/540
C7 Only GMT-560 GM_530_540, GM530,
(GM Truck GM 530, GM 530 540
Manufacturer Only) GM 560, GM560, GM_560
Vehicle Speed Parameters
FC5F *Vehicle Speed 4000 to 384000 4000 to 384000 Other: Not
Calibration (pulses per mile) (pulses per mile) Programmed
GM: 32000
FCEC *Vehicle Speed 0 to 65000 (output 0 to 65000 (output shaft Not Programmed
Cal (J1939-Trans) shaft revs per mile) revs per mile)
FCED *Vehicle Speed 0 to 6.550 0 to 6.550 Not Programmed
Cal (J1939-ABS)
61 *Vehicle Speed GM Trucks: 30 to 75 GM Trucks: 30 to 75 (mph) GM Trucks: 75
Limit Other: 30 to 127 (mph) Other Trucks: 30 to 127 (mph) Other Trucks: 127
66 *VSL Protection 1700 to TEL (rpm) 1700 to TEL (rpm) Other: TEL
GM: 1700
C7 Tachometer 2.0 to 500.0 2.0 to 500.0 Other: 134.0
Calibration (pulse per revolution) (pulse per revolution) GMT 530/540:
17.5
GMT-560: 2.0
* SCC = Soft Cruise Control
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
C2 *Soft Vehicle No No Off, Disable All: No
Speed Limit Yes Yes On, Enable
FC5E *Low Speed Range
Axle Ratio 0.00 to 19.99 0.00 to 19.99 All: 0.00
FC5D *High Speed Range
Axle Ratio 0.00 to 9.99 0.00 to 9.99 All: 0.00
Cruise Control Parameters
63 Low Cruise Control Other: 15 to 127 (mph) Other: 15 to 127 (mph) Other: 127
Speed Set Limit GM: 25 to 75 (mph) GM: 25 to 75 (mph) GM: 25
62 *High Cruise Control Other: 20 to 127 (mph) Other: 20 to 127 (mph) Other: 127
Speed Set Limit GM: 30 to 75 (mph) GM: 30 to 75 (mph) GM: 75
A1 Exhaust Brake Mode Coast Coast C All: Manual
Latch Latch L
Manual Manual M
FC00 Auto Retarder in 3 10 (mph) 3-10 (mph) Other &
Cruise * 5-10 if SCC = yes GMT530: 0
GMT560: 3
3C Cruise/Idle/PTO Set/Accel Res/Decel Set/Accel, Accel/Set, Accel, Acc, Other: Set/Accel
Switch Configuration Set/Decel Res/Accel A, Set_Accel GM: Set/Decel
Set/Decel, Decel/Set, Decel, Dec,
D, Set_Decel
C5 Soft Cruise Control No No Off, Disable Other: Yes
(SCC) Yes Yes On, Enable GM: No
Idle Parameters
64 Idle Vehicle 1 to 15 (mph) 1 to 15 (mph) All: 1
Speed Limit
65 Idle RPM Limit 700 to TEL (rpm) 700 to TEL (rpm) All: TEL
C4 Idle/PTO RPM 5 to 1000 5 to 1000 All: 50
Ramp Rate (rpm change per second) (rpm change per second)
F1 Idle/PTO 5 to 500 (rpm) 5 to 500 (rpm) All: 20 rpm
Bump RPM
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
C6 Fast Idle RPM #1 700 to TEL (rpm) 700 to TEL (rpm) All: 1000 rpm
FC42 Fast Idle RPM #2 700 to TEL (rpm) 700 to TEL (rpm) All: 0
FE08 Warm Up Mode 700-1400 (RPM) 700 1400 (RPM) All: 1000
Idle Speed
Dedicated PTO Parameters
F3 PTO Configuration Off Off None, O, N, All: Off
Cab Switches Cab Switches Cab,
Remote Switches C, Cab_Switches
Remote Throttle Remote Switches Remote,
R, Remote_Switches
Remote Throttle Throttle,
T, Remote_Throttle
F0 PTO Top 700 to TEL (rpm) 700 to TEL (rpm) All: TEL
Engine Limit GMT560:1500
F2 PTO Engine Low Idle to Low Idle to All: 0 RPM
RPM Set Speed PTO TEL (rpm) PTO TEL (rpm)
FC8B PTO Engine RPM Low Idle to Low Idle to All: 0 RPM
Set Speed A PTO TEL (rpm) PTO TEL (rpm)
FC8C PTO Engine RPM Low Idle to Low Idle to All: 0 RPM
Set Speed B PTO TEL (rpm) PTO TEL (rpm)
F6 PTO to Set Speed No No Off, Disable All: No
Yes Yes On, Enable
FCF6 Maximum PTO
Enable Speed 700 to TEL (rpm) 700 to TEL (rpm) All: TEL
F4 PTO Cab Throttle TEL TEL T Other and
RPM Limit Low Idle Low Idle L, Low, Low_Idle GMT530: TEL
PTO TEL PTO TEL P, PTO, PTO_TEL GMT560:
PTO TEL
FC17 PTO Kickout 1 to 127 (mph) 1 to 127 (mph) All: 1
Vehicle Speed Limit
FE05 * Max PTO 3 to 127 (mph) 3 to 127 (mph) All: 127
Vehicle Speed
F7 Torque Limit 100 Rated 100 Rated All: 2000
Torque (lb-ft) Torque (lb-ft)
FC14 PTO Shutdown Time 3 to 1440 (minutes) 3 to 1440 (minutes) All: 0
F5 PTO Activates Normal Normal N, A All: Normal
Cooling Fan Continuous Continuous C, B
FED8 PTO Output 700 2640 (rpm) 700 2640 (rpm) All: 700 rpm
Activation Speed
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
Exhaust Brake options
FE07 Exhaust Brake/ None None, Disabled Other: Exhaust
Warm Up Enable Warm Up Only Exhaust Brake Only, Brake, Brake Only
Exhaust Brake Only Exhaust_Brake_Only GM530/540:
Exhaust Brake Exh Brake/Warm Up Device, Exhaust Brake
& Warm Up Brake/WarmUp Only
Warm Up Device Only, GMT 560: None
Warm_Up_Device_Only
Engine/Gear Parameters
6C Lower Gears 1500 to TEL (rpm) 1500 to TEL (rpm) All: TEL
Engine RPM Limit
69 Lower Gears 1 to 15 (mph) 1 to 15 (mph) All: 1
Turn Off Speed
6D Intermediate Gears 1500 to TEL (rpm) 1500 to TEL (rpm) All: TEL
Engine RPM Limit
6A Intermediate Gears 10 to 50 (mph) 10 to 50 (mph) All: 10
Turn Off Speed
6E Gear Down 1700 to TEL (rpm) 1700 to TEL (rpm) All: TEL
Protection
RPM Limit
6B Gear Down Other Trucks: Other Trucks: Other: 127
Protection 30 to 127 (mph) 30 to 127 (mph) GM: 75
Turn On Speed GM Trucks: GM Trucks:
30 to 75 (mph) 30 to 75 (mph)
67 *Top Engine Engine and Rating Not Applicable to N/A
Limit (fixed value) Dependent VEPS Programming
6F Low Idle 700 to 800 (rpm) 700 to 800 (rpm) All: 700
Engine RPM
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
7B *Transmission Style Universal Universal U Other: Manual
(GM Trucks Only) Manual Option 1, Manual, A Option 1
Manual Option 1 Manual Option 2, Manual_Option_2 GM 530/540:
Manual Option 2 Auto Option 1, Auto_Option_1 Universal
(GM Trucks Only) Auto Option 2, Auto_Option_2 GMT-560:
Automatic Option 1 Auto Option 3, Auto_Option_3 Manual Option 2
Automatic Option 2 Auto Option 4, Auto_Option_4
Automatic Option 3 AT/MT/HT Option 1,
Automatic Option 4 AT/MT/HT_Option_1
AT/MT/HT Option 1 AT/MT/HT Option 2,
AT/MT/HT Option 2 AT/MT/HT_Option_2
AT/MT/HT Option 3 AT/MT/HT Option 3,
AT/MT/HT Option 4 AT/MT/HT_Option_3
AT/MT/HT Option 4,
AT/MT/HT_Option_4
FCA5 AT/MT/HT Part Low (80% Enable/ Default A All: High
Throttle Shift Speed 65% Disable) Medium B
Medium (70% Enable/ High C
55% Disable)
High (60% Enable/
45% Disable)
FCDA Starting Aid Off Off, No, Disable All: Off
Output Mode Automatic Automatic, On, Yes,
Enable
FE06 Governor Type Full Range Full Range All: Full Range
Min/Max Min/Max, Min_Max
Min/Max With Min/Max/SC,
Speed Control Min_Max_w_SC,
Min_Max_SC
FF36 Transmission Neutral Disabled Disabled, Off, No Disabled
Start Interlock Enabled Enabled, On, Yes
Smart Idle Parameters
FCD8 *Battery Monitor & 0 25.5 (volts) 0 25.5 (volts) Other: 0
Engine Control GMT530/540: 0
Voltage GMT560: 11.5
FCFF *Battery Monitor 700 to TEL (rpm) 700 to TEL (rpm) All: 1000
Low Idle Engine
Speed
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
Timer Parameters
FC13 Idle Shutdown Time 1 to 1440 minutes 1 to 1440 minutes All: 0
FEF7 Cold Mode Idle Disabled Disabled, Disable, D Disabled
Shutdown Timer Enabled Enabled, Enable, E
Enable
4F Allow Idle Yes Yes On, Enable, C All: Yes
Shutdown Override No No Off, Disable, A
C0 *A/C Switch 0 to 600 (seconds) 0 to 600 (seconds) All: 0
Fan On-Time
4E Fan with Exhaust No No Off, Disable All: No
Brake On Yes Yes On, Enable
Engine Monitoring Parameters
7F Engine Monitoring Warning Warning W Other: Warning
Mode Derate Derate D GM 530/540:
Shutdown (Other & Shutdown S Warning
GMT-560 Only) GMT-560: Derate
FCD2 * Engine Monitoring Warning Lamp Warning Lamp All: Warning
Lamps (Other & GMT- Warning_Lamp, WL, A Lamp
(Other & GM 530/ 560 Only) High Coolant Temp
540 Only) High Coolant Temp Warning Lamp, CTWL,
Warning Lamp Coolant_Temp_Warning_Lamp,
(GM 530/540 ONLY) HCTWL, B
Option 1 (Other Only) Option 1, Option_1,
NEW Option1, C
7E Coolant Level No No Off, Disable, None Other: No
Sensor 4-Pin 4-Pin 4_Pin, 4 Pin, 4Pin GM 530/540: No
2-Pin Switch 2-Pin Switch 2Switch GMT-560:
(GMT 560 Only) 2-wire Float Sensor 2Float 2-Pin Switch
2-wire Float Sensor
(Other Only)
FC61 Engine Oil Installed Installed Yes, On, Enable Other: Not
Pressure Sensor Not Installed Not Installed No, Off, Disable Installed
GM 530/540 :
Not Installed
GMT-560:
Installed
FCE2 Oil Level Switch Installed Installed, On, Enabled, Yes GMT-560:
(GMT-560 Only) Not Installed Not Installed, Off, Disable, No Installed
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
Maintenance Parameters
C8 Maintenance Off Off Reset Mode, O, Reset_Mode, Other: Off
C9 Indicator Mode Man Distance Disable_Mode GM 530/540: Off
(Refer to VEPS Man Hour Man-Distance, MD GMT-560:
*.DEF and example Auto Distance Man-Hours, MH Auto-Distance
.PAR files for specific Auto Hour Auto-Distance, AD
programming Auto-Hours, AH
information)
CA PM1 Interval: 5000 to 35000 (miles) 5000 to 35000 (miles) All: 15000
CB (Manual Maintenance 100 to 750 (hours) 100 to 750 (hours) All: 250
Indicator) GM: 12000
Manual Distance
Manual Hours
CC Engine Oil Capacity 20 to 60 (quarts) 20 to 60 (quarts) Other: 33
GMT530/540: 22
GMT-560: 30
Trip Parameters
E0 Dash PM1 Reset No D Other: No
Yes P GM 530/540: No
GMT-560: Yes
E0 Dash Customer No D All: No
Parameters Yes A
FC08 Theft Deterrent Yes Yes On, Enable All: No
System Control No No Off, Disable
Auto-Enable Auto-Enable, AutoEnable, AE
FC09 Theft Deterrent Four Characters Four Characters All: 0000
Password
FC0C Quick Stop Rate 0 to 127 (mph/second) 0 to 127 (mph/second) All: 0
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
Input Selections
FD01 Fan Override None None All: None
Switch Configuration J1939 Body Controller J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Cab Controller J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD4B Transmission J1/P1: 62 J1/P1:62 Other:
Neutral Switch J1939 J1939 J1/P1: 62
GM530/540:
J1/P1: 62
GMT-560: J1939
FD2B Exhaust None None All: None
Brake Switch J1/P1:16 J1/P1: 16
J1939 Body Controller J1939 Body Controller
J1939 Cab Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument Cluster J1939 Cab Controller
J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD05 Ignore Brake/ None None All: None
Clutch Switch J1/P1: 47 J1/P1: 47
FD23 *Two Speed None None All: None
Axle Switch J1/P1:6 J1/P1: 6
FD76 *Vehicle Speed Input J1/P1:32&33 J1/P1: 32&33 A All:
J1939 Trans J1939 Trans J1939Trans, B, JTSS J1/P1: 32&33
J1939 ABS J1939 ABS J1939_ABS, C,
ABS_Axle_Speed
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
Input Selections (Continued)
FD71 PTO Engine None None All: None
Shutdown Switch J1/P1: 7 J1/P1: 7
J1/P1: 23 J1/P1: 23
FD09 Torque Limit Switch None None All: None
J1/P1: 7 J1/P1: 7
J1/P1: 23 J1/P1: 23
FD0D PTO On/Off Switch J1/P1: 56 J1/P1:56 J1/P1: 56
J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument J1939 Cab Controller,
Cluster J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD13 PTO Engine RPM None None All: None
Set Speed Input A J1/P1: 46 J1/P1: 46
J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller,
J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939 Instrument J1939 Cab Controller, J1939_Cab
Cluster J1939 Instrument Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD15 PTO Engine RPM None None All: None
Set Speed Input B J1/P1: 7 J1/P1: 7
J1/P1: 23 J1/P1: 23
FD0F Remote PTO None None J1/P1: 58
Set Switch J1/P1: 58 J1/P1: 58
J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller, J1939_Body
J1939 Body Controller J1939 Cab Controller, J1939_Cab
J1939 Instrument J1939 Instrument Cluster,
Cluster J1939_Instrument_Cluster,
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD11 Remote PTO None None J1/P1: 60
Resume Switch J1/P1: 60 J1/P1: 60
J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Body Controller, J1939_Body
J1939 Body Controller J1939 Cab Controller, J1939_Cab
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD0B Diagnostic None None All: None
Enable Switch J1/P1: 46 J1/P1: 46
J1939 Body Controller J1939 Body Controller , J1939_Body
J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Cab Controller, J1939_Cab
J1939_Inst_Cluster
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
Input Selections (Continued)
FD25 Cruise Control J1/P1: 59 J1/P1: 59 All:
On/Off Switch J1939 Body Controller J1939 Body Controller , J1939_Body J1/P1: 59
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD27 Cruise Control Set/ J1/P1: 35&44 J1/P1: 35&44 All:
Resume/Accel/ J1939 Body Controller J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body J1/P1: 35&44
Decl Switch J1939 Cab Controller J1939 Cab Controller J1939_Cab
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD7F Cruise Control None None All: None
Pause Switch J1939 Body Controller J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD29 Clutch Pedal J1/P1:22 J1/P1:22 All:
Position Switch J1939 Body Controller J1939 Body Controller , J1939_Body J1/P1: 22
J1939_Inst_Cluster
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
FD2D Service Brake Pedal J1/P1:45 J1/P1: 45 All:
Position Switch #1 J1939 Body Controller J1939 Body Controller J1939_Body J1/P1: 45
J1939_Inst_Cluster
FD35 Accelerator J1/P1:66 J1/P1: 66 All:
Pedal Position J1/P1: 66
FD31 A/C High None None Other:
Pressure Switch J1/P1: 41 J1/P1: 41 J1/P1: 41
(Other & GM 530/540:
GM 530/540 Only) J1/P1: 41
FD75 A/C Fan Request None None GMT-560:
(GMT-560 Only) J1/P1: 41 J1/P1: 41 J1/P1: 62
J1/P1: 62 J1/P1: 62
Output Selections:
FC18 *Fan Control Type None None A All: None
NEW PWM and On/Off PWM On/Off PWM On/Off,
DC Options On/Off DC Simple On/Off, Simple_On/Off,
Variable Speed Fan On/off_pwm
Option S On/Off DC, On_Off_dc
Variable Speed Option S, VSOSS
FD6D PTO Active None None All: J1/P1: 19
Output CONFIG J1/P1:19 J1/P1:19
FD3B PTO Switch On Lamp None None All: J1/P1: 30
J1/P1:30 J1/P1:30
FD49 Fast Idle None None Other:
Enabled Lamp J1/P1:31 J1/P1:31 J1/P1: 31
(Other & J1/P1:21 J1/P1:21 GMT-560:
GMT-560 Only) J1/P1: 21
FD7B Wait To Start Lamp None None Other: None
(Other Only) J1/P1:31 J1/P1:31
J1939 J1939
**Denotes Parameters available for Lockout using an Electronic Service Tool or VEPS. Factory Passwords are
required to unlock a locked parameter.
**In some instances, the parameter option (as displayed on ET) cannot be used with VEPS programming due
to Character Length limitations. In these instances, one of the VEPS alternative options must be used.
Otherwise, the exact option (as displayed on ET) is recommended (but not required) for the VEPS .PAR file.
PID Range/Options
As displayed on
Caterpillar ET
FD37 Engine Running None None GMT-560:
Output J1/P1: 31 J1/P1: 31 J1/P1: 31
(GMT-560 Only)
FD7D Change oil Lamp None None All: None
J1/P1: 30 J1/P1:30
FCF1 Primary Fuel Level None None GMT 560: 50
Tank Capacity 25 (gal) 25 Gal, 25Gal
GMT-560 Only 35 (gal) 35 Gal, 35Gal
50 (gal) 50 Gal, 50Gal
FCF2 Secondary Fuel Level None None GMT 560: None
Tank Capacity 25 Gal 25 Gal, 25Gal
GMT-560 Only 35 Gal 35 Gal, 35Gal
50 Gal 50 Gal, 50Gal
Passwords
45 Customer 8 Characters 8 Characters Not Programmed
Password #1 Available Available
46 Customer 8 Characters 8 Characters Not Programmed
Password #2 Available Available
Data Link Parameters
FC0D Powertrain Data Link None None, Off, A Other: None
J1939 J1939, B GM (ALL): J1939
System Parameters
5B Personality Engine Power Read Only Factory
Module Code Dependent Programmed
N/A FLS Read Only Not Applicable to Factory
N/A FTS Read Only Not Applicable to Factory
24.0 Diagnostics, Service Tools and Service Information
The control system has built-in diagnostics to verify system components are operating properly. In the event of a
component failure, the driver is alerted to the condition via an OEM installed Check Engine or diagnostic lamp,
or from a message transmitted over the SAE J1587 and/or J1939 data links. Intermittent faults are logged and
stored in the memory of the ECM and can be retrieved using an Electronic Service Tool.
The recommended electronic service tool for C7 and C9 engines is Caterpillar Electronic Technician (ET). ET is
a software based service tool used to diagnose and repair Caterpillar products. It is designed to run on a personal
computer using the Windows
95, 98, 2000, or Windows
NT operating system.
A new product from Caterpillar, Pocket Technician
is software for the Palm Operating System (Palm OS
) that
allows a user to run diagnostics on CAT On-Highway Electronic Truck engines. Contact your local Caterpillar Dealer
for more details.
Older service tools will not recognize the C7 or C9 engine. These tools include the Electronic Control Analyzer and
Programmer (ECAP) and the MPSI Pro-Link service tool with existing Caterpillar Cartridge.
The Caterpillar Communication Adapter (PC to engine ECM) connector uses a 9-terminal Deutsch HD series
connector to connect to the vehicle. Caterpillar offers a variety of adapter cables to connect various cab/engine
datalink connectors to the standard 9-pin connector found on the 139-4166 or 207-6845 Service Tool cable. The
following list identifies some of those adapter cables commonly used on various applications.
X-1714- Connects 9-terminal Service Tool Cable (139-4166 or 207-6845) to GM ALDL Connector
7X-1686- Connects 9-terminal Service Tool Cable (139-4166 or 207-6845) to a 6-terminal Diagnostic Connector
157-4829 Connects 9-terminal Service Tool Cable (139-4166 or 207-6845) to a 9-terminal J1939/13 Off-Board
Diagnostic Connector
PID/SID FMI Diagnostic Code Description Flash Code
0-00 No Faults Active or Logged 55
1-11 Cylinder #1 Fault 72
22-11 Primary to Secondary Engine Speed Signal Calibration 42
22-13 Check Timing Sensor Calibration 42
30-08 Invalid PTO Throttle Signal 29
30-13 PTO Throttle Sensor Calibration 29
32-05 Turbo Wastegate Solenoid Open Circuit 33
32-06 Turbo Wastegate Solenoid Short Circuit 33
32-11 Turbo Wastegate Solenoid SHort to + Battery 33
41-03 8 Volt Supply Above Normal 21
41-04 8 Volt Supply Below Normal 21
42-11 Injection Actuation Pressure Driver Fault 18
43-02 Ignition Key Switch Fault 71
64-02 Loss of Engine RPM Signal on (Bottom) Sensor #2 34
64-11 No Pattern on (Bottom) Engine Speed Sensor #2 34
70-05 Intake Air Heater Open Circuit 49
70-06 Intake Air Heater Short Circuit 49
71-00 Idle Shutdown Override 01
71-01 Idle Shutdown Occurrence 47
71-11 Engine Shutdown Override Switch Occurrence 00
71-14 PTO Shutdown Occurrence 47
84-00 Vehicle Overspeed Warning 41
84-01 Loss of Vehicle Speed Signal 31
84-02 Invalid Vehicle Speed Signal 36
84-08 Vehicle Speed Out of Range 36
84-10 Vehicle Speed Rate of Change 36
84-14 Quick Stop Occurrence 00
91-08 Invalid Throttle Pedal Position Signal 32
91-13 Throttle Pedal Position Sensor Calibration 28
94-01 Fuel Pressure Low Engine Cranking 37
94-03 Fuel Pressure Voltage High 37
94-04 Fuel Pressure Voltage Low 37
94-11 Fuel Pressure Low Engine Running
96-03 Primary Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit 00
96-04 Primary Fuel Level Sensor Short Circuit 00
100-01 Low Oil Pressure Warning 46
100-03 Oil Pressure Sensor Open Circuit 24
100-04 Oil Pressure Sensor Short Circuit 24
100-11 Very Low Oil Pressure 46
102-01 Boost Pressure Reading Stuck Low 25
102-02 Erratic Boost Pressure 25
102-03 Boost Pressure Sensor Open Circuit 25
102-04 Boost Pressure Sensor Short Circuit 25
102-07 Excessive Boost Pressure 25
105-00 High Inlet Manifold Temperature Warning 64
105-03 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Open Circuit 38
105-04 Intake Manifold Air Temperature Sensor Short Circuit 38
105-11 Very High Intake Manifold Air Temperature Warning 64
108-03 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Open Circuit 26
108-04 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor Short Circuit 26
110-00 High Coolant Temperature Warning 61
110-03 Coolant Temperature Sensor Open Circuit 27
110-04 Coolant Temperature Sensor Short Circuit 27
110-11 Very High Coolant Temperature 61
111-01 Low Coolant Level Warning 62
111-02 Coolant Level Sensor Fault 12
111-03 Coolant Level Open Circuit 12
111-04 Coolant Level Sensor Short Circuit 12
111-11 Very Low Coolant Level 62
111-14 Low Coolant Level Warning (Less than 6 engine hours) 62
128-03 Secondary Fuel Level Sensor Open Circuit 44
128-04 Secondary Fuel Level Sensor Short Circuit 44
164-00 Injection Actuation Pressure Out of Range 17
164-02 Injection Actuation Pressure Sensor Erratic 15
164-03 Injection Actuation Pressure Open Circuit 15
164-04 Injection Actuation Pressure Short Circuit 15
164-11 Injection Actuation Pressure System 39
168-00 Excessive Battery Power to ECM 51
168-01 Low Battery Power to the ECM 51
168-02 Intermittent Battery Power to the ECM 51
173-00 High Exhaust Temperature Derate 16
173-11 Very High Exhaust Temperature 16
186-04 PTO Shutdown Switch Short Circuit 00
24.1 ECM Software Changes
ECM software changes (uprates, updates) require a personal computer, a Caterpillar approved communication
adapter, and Caterpillar Electronic Technician (ET) Win-Flash.
24.2 Engine Totals
The ECM maintains current totals for the following information
ECM Maintained Total Data
1) Total Time
2) Total Distance
3) Total Idle Fuel
4) Total PTO Time
5) Total Fuel
6) Total Idle Time
7) Total PTO Fuel
All data is stored in metric form except distance (miles), and vehicle speed (mph). Conversion to other formats are
performed by the Electronic Service Tool.
24.3 Trip Data
Included under the heading of Trip Segment is a Fleet Trip Segment. A segment is defined as the difference
from the current instantaneous Engine Totals data and the Engine Totals stored at the previous reset of the data.
When a reset occurs, the ECM stores the current ECM Engine Totals value in place of the old value for the
respective Trip Data information. The ECM maintains only the data reset values for the Fleet Trip Data segment.
The Trip Histograms include a 3-dimensional histogram (engine rpm, vehicle speed, and engine hours),
two 2-dimensional histogram (one for engine rpm hours, the other for vehicle speed hours), and five sets
of Fleet Segment Custom Data. The 2-dimensional histograms are a subset of the 3-dimensional histogram.
186-14 PTO Shutdown Switch Occurrence 47
190-00 Engine Overspeed Warning 35
190-02 Loss of Engine RPM Signal on (Top) Sensor #1 34
190-11 No Pattern on (Top) Speed Sensor #1 34
224-11 Theft Deterrent Enabled 00
224-14 Engine Cranking with Theft Deterrent Enabled 00
231-02 J1939 Device Sending Incorrect Data 58
231-11 J1939 Data Link Fault 58
231-12 J1939 Device Not Responding 00
231-14 Transmission Datalink Engine Derate 57
232-03 5 Volt Supply Above Normal 21
232-04 5 Volt Supply Below Normal 21
246-11 Service Brake Switch #1 Fault 00
247-11 Service Brake Switch #2 Fault 00
252-11 Incorrect Engine Software 59
253-02 Check Customer or System Parameters 56
253-14 Truck Manufacturer Parameter Not Programmed 56
24.3.1 Fleet Trip Segment
The Fleet Trip Segment maintains the following Engine Totals information, recorded at the time of reset:
24.3.2 Trip Histograms
The ECM maintains the histograms tracking Engine Hours at specific Engine Speed and Vehicle Speed ranges.
The RPM data points and vehicle speed ranges are broken down into various ranges such as 0-4, 5-9, 10-14 mph
or 0-599, 600-699, 700-799 rpm. A reset occurs via a data link message only.
24.4 Engine Snapshot Recorder
The ECM stores engine operating parameters when diagnostic codes occur. An Electronic Service Tool or the
Cruise Set/Resume switch can also be used to manually trigger a snapshot. The Set/Resume switch must be
toggled to the Set then the Resume position within one second to trigger the snapshot recorder. The ECM can
store up to two Diagnostic Code Triggered snapshots, two Externally triggered snapshots, and one Quick Stop
Snapshot. Each type is stored in a circular buffer. When a new snapshot is taken, the oldest one in the buffer
will be replaced.
24.5 Engine Snapshot Recorder Records
Each diagnostic record contains 27 frames of information; frame 20 is the diagnostic code occurrence, 19 frames
before, 7 frames following the code. Each frame is separated by 0.48 seconds. Each switch activated record
contains 54 frames; frame 40 is the switch activation trigger, 39 frames before, 14 frames after the switch trigger.
Time between frame is 0.24 seconds for the switch activated record.
24.6 Quick Stop Recorder
A snapshot can also be stored for a Quick Stop occurrence if the Customer Parameter is programmed. The ECM
stores the number of occurrences of the Quick Stop Events, as well as a snapshot of the latest occurrence.
Each Quick Stop record contains 60 frames of information; frame 45 is the Quick Stop occurrence, 44 frames
before, 15 frames following the code. Each frame is separated by 1.0 second.
24.6.1 Data Stored In Quick Stop Recorder Frames
Each frame of the Quick Stop snapshot record stores the following data;
ECM Snapshot Frame Data
Engine rpm Vehicle Speed
Throttle Position Cruise Status
Clutch Switch Brake Switch #1
Time (Engine Hours) Idle Fuel Average Driving Speed
Driving Time Percent Idle Time Max Vehicle Speed
Distance PTO Time Max Engine Speed
Fuel PTO Fuel Start Time
Overall Fuel Economy Percent PTO Time End Time
Driving Fuel Economy Average Load Factor Start Odometer
Idle Time Average Vehicle Speed End Odometer
24.7 ECM Date/Time Clock
The ECM date & time can be programmed using an Electronic Service Tool or VEPS. The Electronic Service Tool
will display the programmed Date in Month/Day/Year format and the programmed Time in Hour:Minute:Second
format. The Electronic Service Tool has the option to program any date/time or automatically select the date/time
stored in the PC real time clock. The date and time will remain in the ECM and will not reset even if the Unswitched
Battery connections are removed.
The ECM real time clock is accurate to within four minutes per month worst case. Typically the accuracy is similar
to a personal computer real time clock.
24.8 ECM Diagnostic Clock
The Diagnostic Clock should not be confused with the ECM Date/Time clock. The Diagnostic Clock records actual
hours that the ECM has been powered (ignition key switch ON). The diagnostic clock information is used to log
diagnostic code and event code occurrences. Logged diagnostic codes and event codes display the diagnostic
clock hour of the first and last occurrence and the total number of occurrences. The Diagnostic Clock does not
represent actual Engine Hours, it increments any time the ECM is powered regardless of whether the engine
is running or not. Actual Engine Running hours (Total Time) can be obtained from the Current Totals menu of
ET (Electronic Technician).
Date Time VEPS PID
Month Day Year hour:minute:second FC1D
24.9 C7 and C9 ECM Vehicle Harness Connector Terminal Assignments and Loads
Terminal Wire ID Wire Signal Assignment Voltage Current
1 Not Used
2 G897-OR 18 AWG Supply +5V 5 Volts DC 40 mA
3 993-BR 18 AWG Common Input Sensor Common #2
4 C985-BU 18 AWG Supply +8V Cab Throttle Sensor Supply 8 Volts DC 40 mA
5 H795-PK 18 AWG Common AP Sensor/Switch Sensor Common
6 G843-OR 18 AWG Switch to 2 SPD Axle Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor
Common
7 G841-GN 18 AWG Switch to Torque Limit Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B
8 E794-YL 18 AWG Data Link J1587 Data Link Positive 5 Volts DC 100 mA
9 E793-BU 18 AWG Data Link J1587Data Link Negative 5 Volts DC 100 mA
10 E718-PK 18 AWG High Side Starting Aid battery 1.5 A
11 G837-YL 18 AWG High Side PWM Fan Control battery 1.0 A PWM
12 E991-GY 18 AWG High Side Exhaust Brake battery 1.5 A
13 G836-WH 18 AWG High Side Engine Running Output battery 1.5 A
14 Not Used
15 * Primary Fuel Tank Level
16 C981-GY 18 AWG Switch to Exhaust Brake Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
17 Not Used
18 L901-GY 18 AWG Common Input Sensor Common #1
19 G838-BR 18 AWG High Side PTO Active Output battery 1.0 A
20 G839-BU 18 AWG High Side Transmission shift Output battery 1.0 A
21 G880-PK 18 AWG High Side Fast Idle Lamp battery 1.0 A
22 C977-BU 18 AWG Switch to Clutch Pedal Position Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
23 M990-OR 18 AWG Switch to Torque Limit Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common PTO Engine RPM Set SPD B
24 Not Used
25 Not Used
26 2 Wire Float Coolant Level Sensor
*Secondary Fuel Tank Level
27 Not Used (Transit Rating Only)
28 L994-YL 18 AWG Low Side Driver Check Engine Lamp battery 0.3 A
29 659-PK 18 AWG Low Side Driver Warning Lamp battery 0.3 A
Low Oil Pressure Lamp
30 K998-BU 18 AWG Low Side Driver PTO Switch On Lamp battery 0.3 A
Change Oil Lamp
Low Coolant Level
31 G880-PK 18 AWG Low Side Driver Fast Idle Lamp battery 0.3 A
Wait To Start Lamp
High Coolant Temp
* Engine Running Output
32 G808-BU 18 AWG Differential Input Vehicle Speed In +
33 G809-GN 18 AWG Differential Input Vehicle Speed In -
34 K990-GN 18 AWG Data Link J1939 Data Link Negative per J1939
35 C978-BR 18 AWG Switch to Cruise Control Set 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
36 C974-PU 18 AWG Complementary Speedometer+ 10 Volts 4 mA
37 C973-GN 18 AWG Complementary Speedometer- 10 Volts 4 mA
38 450-YL 18 AWG Complementary Tachometer + 10 Volts 4 mA
39 451-BR 18 AWG Complementary Tachometer - 10 Volts 4 mA
40 L902-GN 18 AWG Switch to Input #18 (Fast Idle) 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
41 E971-GN 18 AWG Switch to A/C High Press. Sw 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common * A/C Fan Request Switch
42 A249-BK 18 AWG Data Link J1939 Data Link Shield per J1939
43 Not Used
44 C979-OR 18 AWG Switch to Cruise Control Resume 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
45 C992-PU 18 AWG Switch to Service Brake Pedal Pos. Sw.#1 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
46 G844-PK 18 AWG Switch to Diagnostic Enable 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A
47 G842-GY 18 AWG Switch to Ignore Brake/Clutch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
48 101-RD 14 AWG Supply Unswitched +Battery battery 10 Amps
49 C983-WH 18 AWG Input Coolant Level Normal 13 VDC 0.6 mA
50 K900-YL 18 AWG Data Link J1939 Data Link Positive per J1939
51 Not Used
54 C984-YL 18 AWG Input Coolant Level Low 13 Volts DC 0.6 mA
56 K999-GN 18 AWG Switch to PTO On/Off Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
57 Not Used
58 K980-PK 18 AWG Switch to Remote PTO Set Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
59 C975-WH 18 AWG Switch to Cruise Control On/Off Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
60 K982-YL 18 AWG Switch to Remote PTO Resume Switch 13 Volts DC 6.5 mA
Sensor Common
61 Not Used
62 409-OR 18 AWG Switch to Bat. Neutral Switch battery 6.0 mA
*A/C Fan Request Switch
63 229-BK 14 AWG Supply - Battery battery 10 Amps
*Parameter is restricted to GMT560 trucks.
64 L900-PU 18 AWG Switch to Bat. Service Brake Switch #2 battery 6.0 mA
66 C986-BR 18 AWG Accelerator Input Cab Throttle Position 5 Volts DC 40 mA
67 229-BK 14 AWG Supply -Battery battery 10 Amps
68 G845-PU 18 AWG Accelerator Input Remote Throttle 5 Volts DC 40 mA
70 J906 18 AWG Switch to Bat. Ignition Key Switch battery 1.2 mA
2-Pin Switch Coolant Level Sensor
(GMT 560 only) ..........................................54
2-Wire Float Coolant Level Sensor ............52
2-Wire Float Sensor Diagnostics ..............54
70 Terminal ECM Connector
Part Numbers ............................................26
A
A/C Fan request Switch
(GMT560 Only) ........................................112
A/C Fan Request Switch
(GMT560 Only) ........................................171
A/C High Pressure Switch........................170
A/C High Pressure Switch..........................65
A/C Switch Fan On-Time ........................161
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
Connections ..............................................34
Connectors ................................................34
Duty Cycle..................................................33
Electrical Specifications ............................33
for Remote PTO Applications ....................36
Three Terminal Connector Terminals ........35
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors ..........32
Air Conditioning High Pressure Switch ....111
Allison 1000 & 2000 Series......................101
Allison AT/MT/HT Shift Interface
Relay Operation ......................................102
Allison AT/MT/HT Transmissions..............101
Allison Electronic Transmissions ................40
Allison WT Series ....................................101
Allow Idle Shutdown Override..................161
Amber Check Engine Lamp ......................49
AT/MT/HT Part Throttle Shift Speed ........159
Atmospheric Pressure Sensor ....................5
Auto Retarder In Cruise ..........................149
Automatic Transmissions with Electronic
Vehicle Speed Source................................40
B
Battery Monitor & Engine
Control Voltage ........................................162
Battery Monitor Low Idle
Engine Speed ..........................................162
Bit Code Definition ..................................117
Boost Pressure Sensor ................................5
C
C7 and C9 ECM Vehicle
Harness Connector Terminal
Assignments and Loads ..........................193
Cab Switches Programmable Options ......82
Change Oil Lamp ....................................172
Change Oil Lamp ......................................48
Check Engine Lamp Operation..................46
Clutch Pedal Position Switch Function ......61
Clutch Pedal Position Switch
with Automatic Transmissions ....................62
Clutch Pedal Position Switch....................171
Clutch Switch ............................................73
Cold Mode Idle Shutdown Timer Enable ..113
Cold Mode Idle Shutdown Timer Enable..161
Cold Mode Operation ..................................4
Connection Of Devices Other Than
A Speedometer/Tachometer ......................44
Connector Interface Seal ..........................29
Connectors and Wiring Harness
Requirements ............................................26
Coolant Level Sensor Connections............51
Coolant Level Sensor Diagnostic ..............52
Coolant Level Sensor Environmental
Compatibility ..............................................50
Coolant Level Sensor Mounting
Guidelines (4-Pin) ......................................50
Coolant Level Sensor Outputs ..................52
Coolant Level Sensor Power Supply..........51
Coolant Level Sensor Response Time ......52
INDEX
Coolant Level Sensor ..............................163
Coolant Level Sensor ..................................5
Coolant Level Sensors ..............................50
Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................5
Cooling Fan Control with
the Ignition Key Off ..................................110
Cooling Fan Output Operation
(On/Off) ....................................................107
Cooling Fan Output Operation
(Variable Speed Fan Option S) ................108
Cooling Fan..............................................106
Cruise Control Accel Switch ......................72
Cruise Control Decel Switch ......................73
Cruise Control On/Off Switch ..................170
Cruise Control On/Off Switch ....................68
Cruise Control On/Off Switch ....................72
Cruise Control Parameters ......................148
Cruise Control Pause Switch ..................170
Cruise Control Resume Switch..................72
Cruise Control Set Switch..........................72
Cruise Control Set/Resume Switch..........170
Cruise Control Switches and Operation ....68
Cruise Control ............................................68
Cruise Pause Switch..................................73
Cruise Switch Inputs ..................................72
Cruise/Idle/PTO Switch Configuration......149
Customer Parameter Lockout ..................144
Customer Password #1 and
Customer Password #2............................173
Customer Specified Parameters ..............144
D
Dash - Customer Parameters ..................165
Dash - PM1 Reset....................................165
Data Link Parameters ..............................173
Data Links ................................................114
Data Stored In Quick Stop
Recorder Frames ....................................191
Dedicated PTO Operation..........................75
Dedicated PTO Parameters ....................152
Deutsch Connector Wire Gauge Size ........35
Deutsch Connector Wire Insulation
Size Range ................................................35
Diagnostic Enable ....................................169
Diagnostic Enable ......................................62
Diagnostics, Service Tools and
Service Information..................................187
Dual Coil Speed Sensor ............................40
E
ECM +8V Cab Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Supply ..............................34
ECM 70 Terminal Connector Allen
Screw Torque ............................................26
ECM 70 Terminal Connector
Sealing Plugs ............................................28
ECM 70 Terminal Connector Terminals......27
ECM 70 Terminal Connector Wire
Insulation and Size Range ........................26
ECM Connector Endbell ............................31
ECM Connector Terminal
Installation Guidelines................................27
ECM Connector Terminals and
Sealing Plugs ............................................26
ECM Connector Wire Gauge Size ............26
ECM Connector ........................................26
ECM Current Draw with
Ignition Key Off ..........................................24
ECM Date/Time Clock..............................192
ECM Diagnostic Clock ............................192
ECM Negative Battery Connections ..........22
ECM Positive Battery Connections ............24
ECM Power Up and Preheat Cycle............59
ECM Software Changes ..........................190
ECM Speedometer and
Tachometer Outputs ..................................42
Electric Starting Motors..............................22
INDEX
Electronic Governing....................................4
EMI/RFI Testing..........................................24
Engine Component Overview ......................5
Engine Connection To Vehicle
Battery Ground ..........................................22
Engine Control Module (ECM) ....................5
Engine Cranking Cycle ..............................59
Engine Diagnostic Switch ..........................74
Engine Exhaust Brake and
Automatic Transmissions............................98
Engine Exhaust Brake................................95
Engine Functions ........................................4
Engine Ground Stud ..................................22
Engine Monitoring -
Coolant Level Sensor ................................15
Engine Monitoring -
Coolant Temperature Sensor ....................13
Engine Monitoring - Engine Sensors ........13
Engine Monitoring - Intake Air
Temperature Sensor ..................................13
Engine Monitoring -
Oil Pressure Sensor ..................................13
Engine Monitoring and
OEM Requirements ..................................12
Engine Monitoring Lamp Options ..............12
Engine Monitoring Lamps ........................162
Engine Monitoring Mode..........................162
Engine Monitoring Parameters ................162
Engine Monitoring Programmed
to Warning ..............................................16
to Derate ....................................................17
to Shutdown ..............................................18
Engine Monitoring......................................12
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor ....................163
Engine Running Cycle ..............................59
Engine Running Output
(GMT560 Only) ........................................172
Engine Running Output
(Starter Lockout) ........................................98
Engine Snapshot Recorder Records ......191
Engine Snapshot Recorder ......................191
Engine Speed/Timing Sensors ....................5
Engine Totals............................................190
Engine/Gear Parameters ........................156
Exhaust Brake Configuration ..................156
Exhaust Brake Mode................................148
Exhaust Brake Operation and
Auto Retarder in Cruise..............................97
Exhaust Brake Operation
as a Warm Up Device ................................97
Exhaust Brake Operation
While In Cruise ..........................................96
Exhaust Brake Options ............................156
Exhaust Brake Switch ..............................167
Exhaust Brake Switch ................................65
Exhaust Brake Switch ................................73
Extended Idle kick outs ..............................71
Extended Idle ............................................70
F
Fan Control basics ..................................106
Fan Control Options ................................106
Fan Control Type......................................171
Fan Override Switch ................................166
Fan Override Switch ..................................73
Fan with Engine Brake On ......................161
Fast Idle Enabled Lamp ..........................171
Fast Idle Enabled Lamp ............................48
Fast Idle RPM #1 ....................................151
Fast Idle RPM #2 ....................................152
Fast Idle Switch..........................................63
Fleet Trip Segment ..................................191
Four Pin Coolant Level Sensor
Fuel Pressure Sensor ..................................6
INDEX
Fuel Tank Level Sensing
(GMT560 trucks only) ................................55
Fuel/Air Ratio Control ..................................4
Full Range Governor................................104
G
Gear Down Protection RPM Limit ............157
Gear Down Protection Turn On Speed ....158
General Vehicle Speed Source
Requirements for Passive Speed
Sensor Input ..............................................38
Governor Type..........................................104
Governor Type..........................................160
Grounding ..................................................20
H
Hard-wired Switch Inputs ..........................60
High Cruise Control Speed Set Limit ......148
High Speed Range Axle Ratio ................147
I
IAH and Active Engine Diagnostics............59
IAH and Starting Aid Interaction ................59
Idle Functions ............................................70
Idle Parameters........................................151
Idle RPM Limit..........................................151
Idle Shutdown Time..................................160
Idle Shutdown Timer ................................113
Idle Vehicle Speed Limit ..........................151
Idle/PTO Bump RPM................................151
Ignition Key Switch to Positive Battery ......66
Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch......................167
Ignore Brake/Clutch Switch........................64
Ignoring the Transmission Neutral
Switch input. ..............................................67
Injection Actuation Pressure
(IAP) Sensor ................................................5
Injection Actuation Pressure
Control Valve (IAPCV)..................................5
Injection Timing Control ..............................4
Inlet Air Heater and Relay............................6
Inlet Air Heater Lamp ................................57
Inlet Air Heater Relay Connections............56
Inlet Air Heater Relay Electrical
Specifications ............................................56
Inlet Air Heater, Lamp and
Relay Operation ........................................56
Inlet Manifold Air Temperature Sensor ........5
Input Electrical Specifications ....................75
Input Selections ......................................166
Intermediate Gears Engine RPM Limit ....157
Intermediate Gears Turn Off Speed ........157
J
J1939 ABS Wheel Speed Based
Vehicle Speed Source................................41
J1939 Based Switch Messages ................72
J1939 Data Link Driven Lamps..................49
J1939 Transmission Output Shaft
Speed Based Vehicle Speed Source ........41
L
Lamp Outputs ............................................45
Lamp Test ..................................................46
Low Coolant Level During an Engines
First 6 Hours of Operation..........................15
Low Coolant Level Lamp............................47
Low Cruise Control Speed Set Limit ........148
Low Idle Engine RPM ..............................158
Low Oil Pressure Lamp..............................47
Lower Gears Engine RPM Limit ..............157
Lower Gears Turn Off Speed ..................157
M
Maintenance Indicator Mode....................164
Maintenance Parameters ........................164
Maximum PTO Enable Speed..................154
Maximum PTO Enable Speed....................77
Maximum PTO Vehicle Speed..................155
Maximum Vehicle Speed in PTO Mode......77
INDEX
Medium Duty Engine J1939
Broadcast Messages ..............................119
Min/Max Governor with Speed Control ....105
Min/Max Governor....................................104
Mounting the Remote Accelerator
Position Sensor ..........................................36
O
OEM Harness Routing ..............................30
OEM Installed Sensors ..............................50
Oil Level Switch (GMT560 Trucks Only) ......6
Oil Level Switch Installation Status
(GMT560 only) ........................................163
Oil Pressure Sensor ....................................5
Operation with the Cruise Control
On/Off Switch in the OFF position ............96
Option 1 - One Single Coil
Speed Sensor ............................................39
Option 2 - One Single Coil
Speed Sensor ............................................39
Option 3 - Separate Single Coil
Speed Sensors ..........................................39
Optional Engine Running Output
(GMT560 trucks only) ................................99
Output Selections ....................................171
P
Packard Electric Connector Wire
Gauge Size ................................................35
Packard Electric Connector Wire
Insulation Size Range ................................35
Passive Magnetic Vehicle Speed
Circuit Options ..........................................39
Passive Magnetic Vehicle Speed
Sensor Electrical Requirements ................39
Passwords................................................173
PM1 Engine Oil Capacity
(for Automatic Maintenance
Indicator Mode) ........................................165
PM1 Interval (for Manual Maintenance
Indicator Mode) ........................................164
Power and Grounding Requirements
and Considerations ....................................19
Powertrain Data link ................................173
Primary Fuel Tank Capacity
(GMT560 only) ........................................163
Programmable Output Electrical
Specifications ............................................94
Programmable Outputs..............................94
Programmable Parameters ......................160
Programming examples ............................89
Protect Lamp..............................................49
PTO Accelerator Position
Sensor Connector ......................................36
PTO Activates Cooling Fan......................156
PTO Activates Cooling Fan........................77
PTO Active Output Configuration ............172
PTO Active Output ....................................76
PTO Cab Throttle RPM Limit....................154
PTO Configuration - Cab Switches ............80
PTO Configuration ..................................152
PTO Configurations....................................79
PTO Customer Access Connector ............78
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed A ..............153
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed B ..............153
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A ......168
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input A ......170
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed Input B ......168
PTO Engine RPM Set Speed ..................152
PTO Engine Shutdown Switch ................168
PTO Engine Shutdown Switch ..................76
PTO Interlocks ..........................................78
PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit ............155
PTO Kickout Vehicle Speed Limit ..............77
PTO On/Off Switch Operation....................75
PTO On/Off Switch ..................................169
PTO Output Activation Speed ..................156
PTO Shutdown Time................................156
PTO Switch On Lamp ..............................172
INDEX
PTO Switch ON Lamp................................48
PTO Switch On Lamp ................................75
PTO Switches ............................................63
PTO to Set Speed....................................154
PTO Top Engine Limit ..............................153
Q
Quick Stop Rate ......................................166
Quick Stop Recorder................................191
R
Rating Number ........................................145
Recommendations for Cooling Fan..........100
Recommendations for
the Exhaust Brake....................................100
Remote Accelerator Pedal
Sensor Common Connections ..................37
Remote Accelerator Pedal Sensor
Input Electrical Specifications ....................37
Remote Accelerator Position
Sensor Assemblies ....................................36
Remote Accelerator Position
Sensor PWM Input ....................................37
Remote PTO Resume Switch ..................169
Remote PTO Set Switch ..........................169
Remote Switches Programmable
Options ......................................................85
Remote Switches ......................................83
Remote Throttle Programmable Options....87
Remote Throttle ........................................86
S
SAE J1587 Data Link
Broadcast Parameters ............................115
SAE J1587/J1708 Data Link ....................114
SAE J1939 Data Link
Broadcast Messages ..............................119
SAE J1939 Data Link
Received Messages ................................136
SAE J1939 Data Link ..............................118
Sealing Splices and Ring Terminals ..........29
Secondary Fuel Tank Size
(GMT560 only) ........................................164
Selected Engine Rating ..........................145
Selecting a Sensor ....................................50
Sensor Common for PTO Applications ......75
Service Brake Pedal Position
Switch #1 ................................................171
Switch #2 Function ....................................66
Switches/Function......................................61
Service Brake Switch ................................73
Set/Resume Switch....................................68
Set/Resume Switch....................................69
Shift Relay Operation with
Cruise Control or Vehicle Speed
Limiting Not Active ..................................102
Shift Relay Operation with
Cruise Control or Vehicle Speed
Limiting Active..........................................103
Shutdown Override Switch
(Mass Transit only) ....................................64
Smart Idle Parameters ............................162
Smart Idle ..................................................70
Soft Vehicle Speed Limit ..........................147
SoftCruise Control....................................150
Speedometer and Tachometer
Output Accuracy ........................................44
Speedometer And Tachometer ..................42
Speedometer Signal Accuracy ..................44
Starting Aid Output ..................................160
Stop Lamp..................................................49
Suppression Of Voltage Transients
and Electrical Noise ..................................23
Switch Function/Interaction
for Cruise Control ......................................69
Switch to Sensor Common
INDEX
Switch to Sensor Common Inputs..............61
Switch-to-Battery Circuit Protection ..........66
Switch-to-Battery
T
Tachometer Calibration ............................147
Tachometer Signal Accuracy......................44
Theft Deterrent Password ........................166
Theft Deterrent System Control ..............165
Three Terminal Deutsch
Mating Connector ......................................34
Three Terminal Packard
Electric Mating Connector..........................35
Timer Parameters ....................................160
Top Engine Limit (TEL) ............................158
Torque limit Switch ..................................168
Torque Limit..............................................155
Torque Rise Shaping....................................4
Transmission Neutral Start Interlock ........160
Transmission Neutral Switch
Status via J1939 Data Link ........................67
Transmission Neutral Switch....................167
Transmission Neutral Switch......................66
Transmission Neutral Switch......................74
Transmission Style ..................................158
Transmissions Equipped
with J1939 Communication......................100
Transmissions ..........................................100
Trip Data ..................................................190
Trip Histograms ........................................191
Trip Parameters........................................165
Truck Manufacturer Parameters ..............145
Truck Manufacturer ..................................145
Twisted Pair Wiring ....................................31
Two Speed Axle Switch............................167
Two Speed Axle Switch..............................62
V
Vehicle ID ................................................145
Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939 ABS) ..............146
Vehicle Speed Cal (J1939-Trans) ............146
Vehicle Speed Calibration........................145
Vehicle Speed Input Circuit ........................38
Vehicle Speed Input ................................168
Vehicle Speed Limit..................................146
Vehicle Speed Parameters ......................145
Viewing Diagnostic Flash Codes
using Diagnostic Enable Input....................47
Viewing Diagnostic Flash Codes................46
Voltage Requirements
and Considerations ....................................24
Voltage thresholds measured at ECM........65
VSL Protection ........................................147
W
Wait To Start Lamp ..................................172
Wait To Start Lamp ....................................48
Wait to Start Lamp ....................................49
Warm Up Mode Idle Speed......................152
Warning Lamp Operation ..........................47
Warning Lamp Output used
for High Coolant Temperature
Shutdown Signal ........................................47
Welding on a Vehicle Equipped
with a C7 or C9 Engine..............................24
INDEX
LEBT2835-02 2008 Caterpillar Printed in U.S.A.
All rights reserved.
Information contained in this publication may be considered confidential.
Discretion is recommended when distributing.
Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.
CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos, Caterpillar Yellow and the POWER EDGE trade dress, as well as
corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

C7-C9 Electrical Electronic Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

C7-C9 Electrical Electronic Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

C7 & C9 Truck Engines

95, 98, 2000, or Windows

is software for the Palm Operating System (Palm OS

You might also like